Theragatha
Based on the ed. by Hermann Oldenberg in: The Thera- and Therî-Gâthâ
(Stanzas Ascribed to Elders of the Buddhist Order of Recluses),
ed. by H. Oldenberg and R. Pischel, London : Pali Text Society 1883.
Second edition with appendices by K.R. Norman and L. Alsdorf, 1966, pp. 1-115.
Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 23.2.2015]
NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.
These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.
ANNOTATED VERSION IN PTS LAYOUT
THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)
| description: | multibyte sequence: |
| long a | ā |
| long A | Ā |
| long i | ī |
| long I | Ī |
| long u | ū |
| long U | Ū |
| vocalic r | ṛ |
| vocalic R | Ṛ |
| long vocalic r | ṝ |
| vocalic l | ḷ |
| vocalic L | Ḷ |
| long vocalic l | ḹ |
| velar n | ṅ |
| velar N | Ṅ |
| palatal n | ñ |
| palatal N | Ñ |
| retroflex t | ṭ |
| retroflex T | Ṭ |
| retroflex d | ḍ |
| retroflex D | Ḍ |
| retroflex n | ṇ |
| retroflex N | Ṇ |
| palatal s | ś |
| palatal S | Ś |
| retroflex s | ṣ |
| retroflex S | Ṣ |
| anusvara | ṃ |
| visarga | ḥ |
| long e | ē |
| long o | ō |
| l underbar | ḻ |
| r underbar | ṟ |
| n underbar | ṉ |
| k underbar | ḵ |
| t underbar | ṯ |
Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm
Theragāthā
[page 001]
1
THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
Sīhānaṃ va nadantānaṃ dāṭhīnaṃ girigabbhare
suṇātha bhāvitattānaṃ gāthā attupanāyikā: || Th_*1 ||
yathānāmā yathāgottā yathādhammavihārino
yathādhimuttā sappaññā vihariṃsu atanditā, || Th_*2 ||
tattha tattha vipassitvā phusitvā accutaṃ padaṃ
katantaṃ paccavekkhantā imaṃ atthaṃ abhāsisuṃ. || Th_*3 ||
EKANIPĀTO.
Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā, vassa deva yathāsukhaṃ;
cittaṃ me susamāhitaṃ vimuttaṃ, ātāpī viharāmi, vassa
devā 'ti. || Th_1 ||
itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā Subhūti thero gātham abhā-
sitthā 'ti.
Upasanto uparato mantabhāṇī anuddhato
dhunāti pāpake dhamme dumapattaṃ va māluto 'ti. || Th_2 ||
itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā Mahākoṭṭhikathero gātham
abhāsittha.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTRODUCTORY STANZAS.--
1, atthupanāyikā A, attup- C, atthūp- D, atthupaṇāsikā B. Comp.
the 4th Pārājika rule and Mahāvagga V. 1 28.--
2, yathāvimuttā 'ti vā pāṭho D.
1 (comp. 51-53), me sā kuṭikā A Da, me kuṭikā BCDb.--
2 (= 1006), Mahākoṭṭhikath- A, Mahākoṭiko th- BC, Mahākoṭṭhitath- D.
[page 002]
2 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Paññaṃ imaṃ passa tathāgatānaṃ: aggi yathā pajjalito
nisīthe
ālokadā cakkhudadā bhavanti ye āgatānaṃ vinayanti
kaṅkhan ti. || Th_3 ||
itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā Kaṅkhārevato thero gātham
abhāsittha.
Sabbhir eva samāsetha paṇḍiteh'; atthadassibhi:
atthaṃ mahantaṃ gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ nipuṇaṃ aṇuṃ
dhīrā samadhigacchanti appamattā vicakkhaṇā 'ti. || Th_4 ||
i. s. āyasmā Puṇṇo Mantāniputto thero g.a.
Yo duddamayo damena danto Dabbo santusito vitiṇṇakaṅkho
vijitāvi apetabheravo hi Dabbo so parinibbuto ṭhitatto 'ti. || Th_5 ||
i. s. āyasmā Dabbo thero g.a.
Yo Sītavanaṃ upāgā bhikkhu eko santusito samāhitatto
vijitāvi apetalomahaṃso rakkhaṃ kāyagatāsatiṃ dhitīmā
'ti. || Th_6 ||
i. s. āyasmā Sītavaniyo thero.
Yo pānudi maccurājassa senaṃ naḷasetuṃ va sudubbalaṃ
mahogho
vijitāvi apetabheravo hi danto so parinibbuto ṭhitatto 'ti. || Th_7 ||
i. s. āyasmā Bhalliyo thero.
Yo duddamayo damena danto vīro santusito vitiṇṇakaṅkho
vijitāvi apetalomahaṃso Vīro so parinibbuto ṭhitatto 'ti. || Th_8 ||
Vīro thero.
Svāgataṃ nāpagataṃ na yidaṃ dummantitaṃ mama,
saṃvibhattesu dhammesu yaṃ seṭṭhaṃ tad upāgamin ti. || Th_9 ||
Pilindavacchathero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
3, aggī A, aggi BCD.-- nisīve A, nisive BC, nisīthe, sometimes nisīve
corrected into nisīthe D (nisīthe rattiyaṃ).--
5, hi AD, pi B; deest in C.-- ṭhitatto AD, ṭhitattho BC.--
6, upagā ABC, upāgā D.-- rakkhi AC, rakkhaṃ BD. Then ABCDa agree
in reading kāyagatāsati dhitimā (dhimā C). D: rakkhan ti rakkhato
(rakkhanto?) kāyagatāsatin ti kāyārammaṇaṃ satiṃ kāyaga-
tāsatikammaṭṭhānaṃ paribrahaṇavasena avissajjento.-- In the
commentary this stanza is ascribed to the Thera Sambhūta.--
7, naḷaṃ corrected into naḷa- A, daḷaṃ B, daḷhaṭṭhaṃ C, nala- D.
Comp. Suttanip. 4.--
9 (comp. 885), na dūrāgataṃ A, nā duragataṃ B, nā dūragato C,
nāpagataṃ D. Further on we find another reading dubhagataṃ
(instead of apagataṃ) mentioned in the commentary ("nāpi duṭṭhu
āgataṃ").-- saṃvibhattesu A, sav- BC, vibhattesu ("saṃvibhajitvā
vattadhammesu") D.
[page 003]
EKA-NIPĀTO. 3
Vihari apekkhaṃ idha vā huraṃ vā yo vedagū samito
yatatto
sabbesu dhammesu anupalitto lokassa jaññā udayabbayañ
cā 'ti. || Th_10 ||
{puṇṇamāsathero.}
Vaggo paṭhamo. uddānaṃ:
Subhūti Koṭṭhiko thero Kaṅkhārevatasubbato
Mantāniputto Dabbo ca Sītavaniyo ca Bhalliyo
Vīro Pilindavaccho ca Puṇṇamāso tamonudo 'ti. |
Pāmujjabahulo bhikkhu dhamme buddhappavedite
adhigacche padaṃ santaṃ saṃkhārūpasamaṃ sukhan ti. || Th_11 ||
Cūlagavaccho thero.
Paññābalī sīlavatūpapanno samāhito jhānarato satīmā
yadatthiyaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjamāno kaṅkheta kālaṃ idha
vītarāgo 'ti. || Th_12 ||
Mahāgavaccho thero.
Nīlabbhavaṇṇā rucirā sītavārī sucindharā
indagopakasañchannā te selā ramayanti man ti. || Th_13 ||
Vanavacchatthero.
Upajjhāyo maṃ avacāsi ito gacchāmi Sīvaka.
gāme me vasati kāyo araññaṃ me gato mano
semānako pi gacchāmi; n'; atthi saṅgo vijānatan ti. || Th_14 ||
Vanavacchassa therassa sāmaṇero.
Pañca chinde pañca jahe pañca c'; uttari bhāvaye;
pañcasaṅgātigo bhikkhu oghatiṇṇo 'ti vuccatīti. || Th_15 ||
Kuṇḍadhāno thero.
Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño naṅgalāvattanī sikhī
gacchati appakasirena, evaṃ rattindivā mama
gacchanti appakasirena sukhe laddhe nirāmise 'ti. || Th_16 ||
Belaṭṭhasīso thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
10, vihari or vihariṃ A, vihari C, viharati B, vīrahi and vihāriṃ Da,
vihārīti visesato hari apahari apanesi Db.-- UDDĀNA : Koṭṭhiko AB,
Koṭiko C.-- -subbato C, -suppato B, -sammato A.--
11, Cuḷavaccho A, Cūḷagavaccho C, Cuḷagavaccho B, Cūḷagavaccho D.--
12, yadatthiyaṃ ACD, yadattiyaṃ B.-- bhojanaṃ C, bhojana AB.--
Mahāvacchathero A, Mahāgavaccho th- BC, Mahāgavacchath- D.--
13, -vāri sucindarā ABC. D gives both -vārī sucindh- and vārisucindh-.--
14, upajjhā Da.--
15, comp. 633, Dhammap. 370-- cuttari ABD, vuttari C.
[page 004]
4 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca niddāyitā samparivattasāyī
mahāvarāho va nivāpapuṭṭho punappunaṃ gabbham upeti
mando 'ti. || Th_17 ||
Dāsako thero.
Ahū buddhassa dāyādo bhikkhu Bhesakaḷāvane,
kevalaṃ aṭṭhisaññāya aphari paṭhaviṃ imaṃ.
maññe 'haṃ kāmarāgaṃ so khippam eva pahīyatīti. || Th_18 ||
Siṅgālapitā thero.
Udakaṃ hi nayanti nettikā, usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ,
dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti subbatā 'ti. || Th_19 ||
Kuḷo thero.
Maraṇe me bhayaṃ n'; atthi, nikantī n'; atthi jīvite,
sandehaṃ nikkhipissāmi sampajāno patissato 'ti. || Th_20 ||
Ajito thero.
Vaggo dutiyo. uddānaṃ:
Cūlavaccho Mahāvaccho Vanavaccho ca Sīvako
Kuṇḍadhāno ca Belaṭṭhi Dāsako ca tato paraṃ
Siṅgālapitiko thero Kuḷo ca Ajito dasā 'ti. |
Nāhaṃ bhayassa bhāyāmi, satthā no amatassa kovido.
yattha bhayaṃ nāvatiṭṭhati tena maggena vajanti bhi-
kkhavo 'ti. || Th_21 ||
Nigrodho thero.
Nīlā sugīvā sikhino morā Kāraṃviyaṃ abhinadanti,
te sītavātakalitā suttaṃ jhāyaṃ nibodhentīti. || Th_22 ||
Cittako thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
17, comp. Dhammap. 325.--
18, "mañño han ti pi pāṭho" D.-- pahiyati A, pahīyati BC, pahissati Da,
Db: pahīyati pajahissatīti maññe. Probably we should read, pahassati.--
19, comp. 877, Dhammap. 80, 145.-- us- namayanti, dāruṃ namayanti CD,
us- damayanti, d- damayanti AB.-- Kuḷo AB, Kūlo C, Kuṇḍath- and
Kuḍḍalath- D.--
20, n'; atthi nikanti j- D.--
Uddāna : Kuḷo AB, Kulo C.--
22, Kārambhiyaṃ A, Kāyaṃviya B, Kāraṃviya C. D : Kāraṃviyan ti kāravaṃ
rukkhaṃ Kāravīti vā tassa vanassa nāmaṃ, tasmā Kāraṃviyan ti
Kāravanāmake vane 'ti attho.-- -kiḷitā A, kalitā C, kaḷibhā B,
kadditā Da, sītavātakadditā 'ti sītena meghavātena sañjātaṃ kalīti
madhuravassitaṃ vassanto Db.
[page 005]
EKA-NIPĀTO. 5
Ahaṃ kho Veḷugumbasmiṃ bhutvāna madhupāyāsaṃ
padakkhiṇaṃ sammasanto khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ
sānuṃ paṭigamissāmi vivekaṃ anubrūhayan ti. || Th_23 ||
Gosālo thero.
Anuvassiko pabbajito, passa dhammasudhammataṃ,
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_24 ||
Sugandho thero.
Obhāsajātaṃ phalagaṃ cittaṃ yassa abhiṇhaso,
tādisaṃ bhikkhuṃ āsajja Kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasīti. || Th_25 ||
Nandiyo thero.
Sutvā subhāsitaṃ vācaṃ buddhassādiccabandhuno
paccavyādhiṃ hi nipuṇaṃ vālaggaṃ usunā yathā 'ti. || Th_26 ||
Abhayo thero.
Dabbaṃ kusaṃ poṭakilaṃ usīraṃ muñjapabbajaṃ
urasā panudahissāmi vivekam anubrūhayan ti. || Th_27 ||
Lomasakaṅgiyo thero.
Kacci no vatthapasuto, kacci no bhūsanārato,
kacci sīlamayaṃ gandhaṃ tvaṃ vāsi netarā pajā 'ti. || Th_28 ||
Jambugāmikaputto thero.
Samunnamayam attānaṃ usukāro va tejanaṃ
cittaṃ ujuṃ karitvāna avijjaṃ chinda Hāritā 'ti. || Th_29 ||
Hārito thero.
Ābādhe me samuppanne sati me upapajjatha:
ābādho me samuppanno, kālo me na ppamajjitun ti. || Th_30 ||
Uttiyo thero.
Vaggo tatiyo. uddānaṃ:
Nigrodho Cittako thero Gosālatthero Sugandho
Nandiyo Abhayo thero thero Lomasakaṅgiyo
Jambugāmikaputto ca Hārito Uttiyo isīti. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
24, anuvassiko AB, anuvassikan ti C, anuvassiko and anavassiko Da, Db:
anassiko (sic) 'ti anupagato vassaṃ anuvasse va anuvassiko . . .
athavā pacchato gataṃ anugataṃ vassaṃ anuvassaṃ taṃ assa atthīti
anuvassiko, yassa pabbajitassa aparipuṇṇatāya na gaṇapagataṃ so
evaṃ vutto anuvassiko 'ti vuttaṃ hoti.--
26, sacchabyādhiṃ A, saccappādīhi (corrected into -dhīhi) C,
saccabyādihi B, paccavyādiṃhi Da, paccabādhintīti paṭipajji Db.--
27, Comp. 233, Apadāna fol. ḍi (Dr. Morris's MS.)--
28, kacci na vatthapasuto 'ti pi pāṭho D.-- After pajā the following
words are given in ABC : taṃ kiñci (kacci A) na hoti yato.--
29, samunnāmayaṃ Da, -nnam- A, -ddam- BC.-- bhinda D.--
Uddāna. It is not worth while to give the confused readings of ABC.
[page 006]
6 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Phuṭṭho ḍaṃsehi makasehi araññasmiṃ brahāvane
nāgo saṃgāmasīse va sato tatrādhivāsaye 'ti. || Th_31 ||
Gahvaratīriyo bhikkhu.
Ajaraṃ jīramānena tappamānena nibbutiṃ
nimmissaṃ paramaṃ santiṃ yogakkhemaṃ anuttaran
ti. || Th_32 ||
Suppiyo thero.
Yathāpi ekaputtasmiṃ piyasmiṃ kusalī siyā,
evaṃ sabbesu pāṇesu sabbattha kusalo siyā 'ti. || Th_33 ||
Sopāko thero.
Anāsannavarā etā niccam eva vijānatā.
gāmā araññam āgamma tato gehaṃ upāvisiṃ
tato uṭṭhāya pakkāmiṃ anāmantetvā Posiyo 'ti. || Th_34 ||
Posiyo thero.
Sukhaṃ sukhattho labhate tad ācaraṃ, kittiñ ca pappoti,
yas'; assa vaḍḍhati
yo ariyam aṭṭhaṅgikam añjasaṃ ujuṃ bhāveti maggaṃ
amatassa pattiyā 'ti. || Th_35 ||
Sāmaññakāni thero.
Sādhu sutaṃ sādhu caritakaṃ sādhu sadā aniketavihāro
atthapucchanaṃ padakkhiṇakammaṃ etaṃ sāmaññam
akiñcanassā 'ti. || Th_36 ||
Kumāputto thero.
Nānājanapadaṃ yanti vicarantā asaññatā
samādhiñ ca virādhenti, kiṃ su raṭṭhaṃcariyā karissati.
tasmā vineyya sārambhaṃ jhāyeyya apurakkhato 'ti. || Th_37 ||
Kumāputtassa therassa sahāyako thero.
Yo iddhiyā Sarabhuṃ aṭṭhapesi so Gavampati asito anejo,
taṃ sabbasaṅgātigataṃ mahāmuniṃ devā namassanti bha-
vassa pāragun ti. || Th_38 ||
Gavampati thero.
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho ḍayhamāne va matthake
kāmarāgapahānāya sato bhikkhu paribbaje 'ti. || Th_39 ||
Tisso thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
31, Tahūratitiriyathera, Tahūratiriyatthera D.--
32, nimiyaṃ ABC, nirāmisaṃ corrected to nimissaṃ Da, nimissan ti
parivatteyyaṃ cetāpeyyaṃ Db.--
34, upāvisi AC, upāvisaṃ B.-- pakkāmi AC, pakkāmin ti D, pakkami B.--
35, tad ācaraṃ ADb, tadā varaṃ BCDa.--
38, aṭṭhapesi Da Db, paṭṭh- ABC.-- devā ADa Db, devāpi BC.--
39 = 1162.
[page 007]
EKA-NIPĀTO. 7
Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho ḍayhamāne va matthake
bhavarāgapahānāya satto bhikkhu paribbaje 'ti. || Th_40 ||
Vaḍḍhamāno thero.
Vaggo catuttho. uddānaṃ:
Gahvaratīriyo Suppiyo Sopāko ca Posiyo ca
Sāmaññakāni Kumāputto Kumāputtasahāyako
Gavampati Tissatthero Vaḍḍhamāno mahāyaso 'ti.
Vivaram anupatanti vijjutā Vebhārassa ca Paṇḍavassa ca,
nagavivaragato ca jhāyati putto appaṭimassa tādino 'ti. || Th_41 ||
Sirivaḍḍho thero.
Cāle Upacāle Sīsūpacāle patissatikā nu kho viharatha,
āgato vo vālaṃ viya vedhīti. || Th_42 ||
Khadiravaniyo thero.
Sumuttiko sumuttiko sāhu sumuttiko mhi tīhi khujjakehi,
asitāsu mayā naṅgalāsu mayā khuddakuddālāsu mayā.
yadi pi idham eva idham eva athavāpi alam eva alam eva;
jhāya Sumaṅgala jhāya Sumaṅgala, appamatto vihara
Sumaṅgalā 'ti. || Th_43 ||
Sumaṅgalo thero.
Mataṃ vā amma rodanti yo vā jīvaṃ na dissati.
jīvantaṃ maṃ amma dissantī kasmā maṃ amma rodasīti. || Th_44 ||
Sānu thero.
Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño khalitvā patitiṭṭhati
evaṃ dassanasampannaṃ sammāsambuddhasāvakan ti. || Th_45 ||
Ramaṇīyavihārī thero.
Saddhāyāhaṃ pabbajito agārasmā anagāriyaṃ,
sati paññā ca me vuḍḍhā cittañ ca susamāhitaṃ.
kāmaṃ karassu rūpāni, n'; eva maṃ byādhayissasīti. || Th_46 ||
Samiddhi thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
40 = 1163.--
Uddāna : Gahvatīriyo A, Gavhatiriyo B, Gahavatiriyo C.--
41 (= 1167), nabhaviv- ABC, nagav- Da Db.--
43, khuddakuddālāsu mayā (khuddh- A) ABC, uddhauddhāsu mayā Da,
uddhakuddālāsu mayā . . . khuddakuddālāsū ti pi kuṇḍa- (or, kucca-)
kuddālāsū ti pi pāli Db.-- idham eva idham eva ABC, idam eva Da,
idam evā 'ti makāro padasandhikaro . . . gāmake ṭhitattā tāni
asitādīni kiñcāpi imam (corrected into im) eva mama samīpe yeva
tathāpi alam eva tehīti attho Db.--
44, dissantī A, dissanti BC, dissati Da. The word is explained by
passanti (i.e. passantī). Comp. Dhammap. Atth. p. 404.
[page 008]
8 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Namo te buddhavīr'; atthu, vippamutto 'si sabbadhi.
tuyh'; āpadāne viharaṃ viharāmi anāsavo 'ti. || Th_47 ||
Ujjayo thero.
Yato ahaṃ pabbajito agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
nābhijānāmi saṃkappaṃ anariyaṃ dosasaṃhitan ti. || Th_48 ||
Sañjayo thero.
Vihavihābhinadite sippikābhirutehi ca
na me taṃ phandati cittaṃ, ekattanirataṃ hi me. || Th_49 ||
Rāmaṇeyyako thero.
Dharaṇī ca siccati vāti māluto vijjutā carati nabhe,
upasammanti vitakkā, cittaṃ susamāhitaṃ mamā 'ti. || Th_50 ||
Vimalo thero.
Vaggo pañcamo. uddānaṃ:
Sirivaḍḍho Revato thero Sumaṅgalo Sānusavhayo
Ramaṇīyavihārī ca Samiddh'; -Ujjaya-Sañjayo
Rāmaṇeyyo ca so thero Vimalo ca raṇañjayo 'ti.
Vassati devo yathā sugītaṃ, channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā,
cittaṃ susamāhitañ ca mayhaṃ, atha ce patthayasi pavassa
devā 'ti. || Th_51 ||
Godhiko thero.
Vassati devo yathā sugītaṃ, channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā,
cittaṃ susamāhitañ ca kāye, atha ce patthayasi pavassa
devā 'ti. || Th_52 ||
Subāhu thero.
Vassati devo yathā sugītaṃ, channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā,
tassaṃ viharāmi appamatto, atha ce patthayasi pavassa
devā 'ti. || Th_53 ||
Valliyo thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
47, tuyhāpadāne vihāre ABC, tuyhāpadāne vihariṃ Da, tuyhaṃ padāne
viharaṃ . . . tuyhaṃ tava apadāne ovādena gatamagge
paṭipatticariyāya viharaṃ yathābalaṃ paṭipajjanto Db.--
49, cihacihābh- A, vihavihābh- BCD (vihavihā 'ti abhiṇhaṃ
pavattāddatāya [sic] vihavihā 'ti laddhanāmānaṃ parillakānaṃ
abhinādananimittaṃ virāvirāvahetu ti attho).-- sappik- ACDa,
sippik- B. sappikāhirutehi vā 'ti yippikā vuccanti devakāparānāmakā
gelaṃñeṇajjhakittatī- (or : -kittakī-?) sadārakākārā sākhāmigā,
mahākalākandakā 'ti keci. sippikānaṃ abhirutehi mahāviravehi D.--
sandati BCD, phandati A.--
Uddāna : raṇañjaho AB, ranañjaho C.--
51, comp. 1 and 325 seq.--
53, Valliyo D, Valliko ABC.
[page 009]
EKA-NIPĀTO. 9
Vassati devo yathā sugītaṃ, channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā,
tassaṃ viharāmi adutiyo, atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā
'ti. || Th_54 ||
Uttiyo thero.
Āsandiṃ kuṭikaṃ katvā ogayha Añjanaṃ vanaṃ
tisso vijjā anuppattā kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_55 ||
Añjanāvaniyo thero.
Ko kuṭikāyaṃ. bhikkhu kuṭikāyaṃ vītarāgo susamāhi-
tacitto.
evaṃ jānāhi āvuso amoghā te kuṭikā katā 'ti. || Th_56 ||
Kuṭivihārī thero.
Ayam āhu purāṇiyā kuṭi, aññaṃ patthayase navaṃ kuṭiṃ.
āsaṃ kuṭiyā virājaya, dukkhā bhikkhu puna navā ku-
ṭīti. || Th_57 ||
Kuṭivihārī thero.
Ramaṇīyā me kuṭikā saddhādeyyā manoramā.
na me attho kumārīhi. yesaṃ attho tahiṃ gacchatha
nāriyo 'ti. || Th_58 ||
Ramaṇīyakuṭiko thero.
Saddhāyāhaṃ pabbajito, araññe me kuṭikā katā,
appamatto ca ātāpī sampajāno patissato 'ti. || Th_59 ||
Kosallavihārī.
Te me ijjhiṃsu saṃkappā yadattho pāvisiṃ kuṭiṃ,
vijjā vimuttiṃ paccessaṃ mānānusayam ujjahan ti. || Th_60 ||
Sīvalitthero.
Vaggo chaṭṭho. uddānaṃ:
Godhiko ca Subāhu ca Valliyo Uttiyo isi
Añjanāvaniyo thero duve Kuṭivihārino
Ramaṇīyakuṭiko ca Kosallavhaya-Sīvalīti.
Passati passo passantaṃ apassantañ ca passati:
apassanto apassantaṃ passantañ ca na passatīti. || Th_61 ||
Vappo thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
55, Añjanaṃ v- ACDa, Añjanāv- BDb.-- Añjanāvaniyo BC, Añjanavaniyo A.
D has both readings.--
57, purāṇiyā ABD ("purātanāddhagatā"), purāniyā C. I think we ought
to read purāṇikā.--
59, ca deest C Da Db.-- Kosalavihārī A, Kosallavihāri BC,
Kosallavihāratthera and Kosallatthera D.--
Uddāna : Kosal- A, Kosall- BC.-- Añjanav- A, Añjanāv- BC.
[page 010]
10 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Ekakā mayaṃ araññe viharāma apaviddhaṃ va vanasmi
dārukaṃ;
tassa me bahukā pihayanti nerayikā viya saggagāminan
ti. || Th_62 ||
Vajjiputto thero.
Cutā patanti patitā giddhā ca punar āgatā.
kataṃ kiccaṃ rataṃ rammaṃ sukhen'; anvāgataṃ sukhan
ti. || Th_63 ||
Pakkho thero.
Dumavhayāya uppanno jāto paṇḍaraketunā
ketuhā ketunā yeva mahāketuṃ padhaṃsayīti. || Th_64 ||
Vimalakoṇḍañño thero.
Ukkhepakatavacchassa saṃkalitaṃ bahūhi vassehi
taṃ bhāsati gahaṭṭhānaṃ sunisinno uḷārapāmujjo 'ti. || Th_65 ||
Ukkhepakatavaccho thero.
Anusāsi mahāvīro sabbadhammāna pāragu;
tassāhaṃ dhammaṃ sutvāna vihāsiṃ santike rato;
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_66 ||
Meghiyo thero.
Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā,
vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_67 ||
Ekadhammasavanīyo thero.
Adhicetaso appamajjato munino monapathesu sikkhato
sokā na bhavanti tādino upasantassa sadā satīmato 'ti. || Th_68 ||
Ekuddāniyo thero.
Sutvāna dhammaṃ mahato mahārasaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇa-
varena desitaṃ
maggaṃ papajjiṃ amatassa pattiyā; so yogakkhemassa
pathassa kovido 'ti. || Th_69 ||
Channo thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
62, apaviṭṭhaṃ ABC, apaviddhaṃ and apaviṭṭhaṃ D.-- pavanasmi corrected
to -smiṃ A, pavanasmiṃ BC, va vanasmiṃ D.-- dāruṇaṃ A, dārukaṃ BCDa.
Db : anapekkhabhāvena vane chaḍḍitadārukhaṇḍa viya.--
64, D : Dumavhayā ti dumena ambena avhatabbāya Ambapāliyā ti attho . . .
vaddhavatthaṃ dhajaggā paṇḍaraketu ti paññātena Bimbisāraraññā
hetubhūtena jāto . . . ketuhā ti mānappahāyi . . . ketunā yevā ti
paññāya eva . . . mahāketu Māro pāpimā.--
65, Ukkhepakaṭ- D.-- saṃkalitaṃ ABC, saṃkalikaṃ Da; Db : saṃkalitaṃ
bahūhi vassehīti ("saṃpiṇḍanavasena hadaye ṭhapitaṃ") . . .
saṃkhalitan ti pi pāṭho, saṃkhalitaṃ viya kataṃ ekābaddhavasena
vācuggataṃ kataṃ buddhavacanan ti vacanaseso. tan ti
pariyattidhammaṃ bhāsati kathesi gahaṭṭhānaṃ.--
68 = Vinaya Piṭaka, vol. iv. p. 54.
[page 011]
EKA-NIPĀTO. 11
Sīlam eva idha aggaṃ, paññavā pana uttamo;
manussesu ca devesu sīlapaññāṇato jayan ti. || Th_70 ||
Puṇṇo thero.
Vaggo sattamo. uddānaṃ:
Vappo ca Vajjiputto ca Pakkho Vimalakoṇḍañño
Ukkhepakatavaccho ca Meghiyo Ekadhammiko
Ekuddāniya-Channo ca Puṇṇathero mahabbalo 'ti.
Susukhumanipuṇatthadassinā matikusalena nivātavuttinā
saṃsevitabuddhasīlinā nibbānaṃ na hi tena dullabhan
ti. || Th_71 ||
Vacchapālo thero.
Yathā kalīro susu vaḍḍhitaggo dunnikkhamo hoti pasā-
khajāto,
evaṃ ahaṃ bhariyāyānītāya; anumañña maṃ pabbajito
'mhi dānīti. || Th_72 ||
Ātumo thero.
Jiṇṇañ ca disvā dukkhitañ ca byādhitaṃ matañ ca disvā
gatam āyusaṃkhayaṃ
tato ahaṃ nikkhamitūna pabbajiṃ pahāya kāmāni mano-
ramānīti. || Th_73 ||
Māṇavo thero.
Kāmacchando ca byāpādo thīnamiddhañ ca bhikkhuno
uddhaccaṃ vicikicchā ca sabbaso 'va na vijjatīti. || Th_74 ||
Suyāmano thero.
Sādhu suvihitāna dassanaṃ, kaṅkhā chijjati, buddhi
vaḍḍhati,
bālam pi karonti paṇḍitaṃ, tasmā sādhu sataṃ samāgamo
'ti. || Th_75 ||
Susārado thero.
Uppatantesu nipate, nipatantesu uppate,
vase avasamānesu, ramamānesu no rame 'ti. || Th_76 ||
Piyañjaho thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 = 619.--
71, comp. 210.--
72, dunnikkhamo hoti ABC, dunnikkhaso ti Da, dunnikkhayo 'ti
veḷugumbato nikkhametuṃ nīharituṃ asakkuṇeyyo Db.--
73, nikkhamituṃna ABC, nikkhamituna Da, nikkhamitūnā 'ti nikkhamitvā
ayam eva vā pāṭho Db.--
76, Piyañjayo ABC, Piyañjahatthera and Piyañjayatth- D. Compare
the Uddāna.
[page 012]
12 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Idaṃ pure cittam acāri cārikaṃ yen'-icchakaṃ yatthakāmaṃ
yathāsukhaṃ;
tad ajj'; ahaṃ niggahissāmi yoniso hatthippabhinnaṃ viya
aṅkusaggaho 'ti. || Th_77 ||
Hatthārohaputto thero.
Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ,
tassa me dukkhajātassa dukkhakkhandho aparaddho
'ti. || Th_78 ||
Meṇḍasiro thero.
Sabbo rāgo pahīno me, sabbo doso samūhato,
sabbo me vigato moho; sītibhūto 'smi nibbuto 'ti. || Th_79 ||
Rakkhito thero.
Yaṃ mayā pakataṃ kammaṃ appaṃ vā yadi vā bahu
sabbam etaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo
'ti. || Th_80 ||
Uggo thero.
Vaggo aṭṭhamo. uddānaṃ:
Vacchapālo ca yo thero Ātumo Māṇavo isi
Suyāmano Susārado thero yo ca Piyañjaho
Ārohaputto Meṇḍasiro Rakkhito Uggasavhayo 'ti.
Yaṃ mayā pakataṃ pāpaṃ pubbe aññāsu jātisu,
idh'; eva taṃ vedaniyaṃ, vatthu aññaṃ na vijjatīti. || Th_81 ||
Samitigutto thero.
Yena yena subhikkhāni sivāni abhayāni ca
tena puttaka gacchassu, mā sokā pahato bhavā 'ti. || Th_82 ||
Kassapo thero.
Sīh'; appamatto vihara rattindivam atandito,
bhāvehi kusalaṃ dhammaṃ, jaha sīghaṃ samussayan
ti. || Th_83 ||
Sīho thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
77, Comp.1130, Dhammap. 326.--
78, aparaddho AC, avarado B, paraddhato Da, aparaddho 'ti . . .
paribbaṭṭho cuto Db.--
Uddāna : Piyañjayo A, -jaho BC.--
82, sokapahato A, sokā pahato BCD (sokā pahato 'ti vuttaguṇarahitāni
raṭṭhāni gantvā dubbhikkhabhayādijanitena sokena pahato mā bhavā
mā hosīti attho).
[page 013]
EKA-NIPĀTO. 13
Sabbarattiṃ supitvāna divā saṃgaṇike rato
kudāssu nāma dummedho dukkhass'; antaṃ karissatīti. || Th_84 ||
Nīto thero.
Cittanimittassa kovido pavivekarasaṃ vijāniya
jhāyaṃ nipako patissato adhigaccheyya sukhaṃ nirāmisan
ti. || Th_85 ||
Sunāgo thero.
Itobahiddhā puthuaññavādinaṃ maggo na nibbānagamo
yathā ayaṃ,
iti ssu saṃghaṃ bhagavānusāsati satthā sayaṃ pāṇitale va
dassayan ti. || Th_86 ||
Nāgito thero.
Khandhā diṭṭhā yathābhūtaṃ, bhavā sabbe padālitā,
vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_87 ||
Paviṭṭho thero.
Asakkhiṃ vata attānaṃ uddhātuṃ udakā thalaṃ,
vuyhamāno mahoghe va saccāni paṭivijjh'; ahan ti. || Th_88 ||
Ajjuno thero.
Uttiṇṇā paṅkā palipā, pātālā parivajjitā,
mutto oghā ca ganthā ca, sabbe mānā visaṃhatā 'ti. || Th_89 ||
Devasabho thero.
Pañca kkhandhā pariññātā tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā,
vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_90 ||
Sāmidatto thero.
Vaggo navamo. Uddānaṃ:
Thero Samitigutto ca Kassapo Sīhasavhayo
Nīto Sunāgo Nāgito Paviṭṭho Ajjuno isi
Devasabho ca yo thero Sāmidatto mahabbalo.
Na tathāmataṃ satarasaṃ sudhannaṃ yaṃ may'; ajja pari-
bhuttaṃ
aparimitadassinā Gotamena buddhena desito dhammo 'ti. || Th_91 ||
Paripuṇṇako thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
84, Nito AB, Nīto C, Ninatth- and Nīpatth- D.--
85, Nāgatth- D.--
88, asakkhi ABCDa, asakkhin ti sakkosiṃ Db.--
89, gandha A, kaṇhā B, gaṇhā C, ganthā Da Db.--
Uddāna : Nito AB, Nīto C.-- ja (instead of ca) ABC.--
91, Commentary : tathā ti tena pakārena, matan ti abhimataṃ.
[page 014]
14 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Yassāsavā parikkhīṇā āhāre ca anissito,
suññato animitto ca vimokkho yassa gocaro,
ākāse va sakuntānaṃ padan tassa durannayan ti. || Th_92 ||
Vijayo thero.
Dukkhā kāmā Eraka na sukhā kāmā Eraka,
yo kāme kāmayati dukkhaṃ so kāmayati Eraka,
yo kāme na kāmayati dukkhaṃ so na kāmayati Erakā
'ti. || Th_93 ||
Erako thero.
Namo hi tassa bhagavato Sakyaputtassa sirīmato,
tenāyaṃ aggapattena aggadhammo sudesito 'ti. || Th_94 ||
Mettaji thero.
Andho 'haṃ hatanetto 'smi, kantāraddhāna pakkhanno,
sayamāno pi gacchissaṃ na sahāyena pāpenā 'ti. || Th_95 ||
Cakkhupālo thero.
Ekapupphaṃ cajitvāna asītiṃ vassakoṭiyo
saggesu paricāretvā sesaken'; amhi nibbuto 'ti. || Th_96 ||
Khaṇḍasumano thero.
Hitvā satapalaṃ kaṃsaṃ sovaṇṇaṃ satarājikaṃ
aggahiṃ mattikāpattaṃ, idaṃ dutiyābhisecanan ti. || Th_97 ||
Tisso thero.
Rūpaṃ disvā sati muṭṭhā piyanimittaṃ manasikaroto,
sārattacitto vedeti tañ ca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati,
tassa vaḍḍhanti āsavā bhavamūlopagāmino 'ti. || Th_98 ||
Abhayo thero.
Saddaṃ sutvā sati muṭṭhā piyanimittaṃ manasikaroto,
sārattacitto vedeti tañ ca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati,
tassa vaḍḍhanti āsavā saṃsāramupagāmino 'ti. || Th_99 ||
Uttiyo thero.
Sammappadhānasampanno satipaṭṭhānagocaro
vimuttikusumasañchanno parinibbissaty anāsavo 'ti. || Th_100 ||
Devasabho thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
92, comp. Dhammap.
93,-- 95, comp. Dhammap. Aṭṭhak. p. 86 ed. Fausboll. -- pakkhando A,
pakkhanno BC, pakkhanto D.-- miyamāno A, mīy- C, viy- B,
sayamāno ("sayante [sic] pi pādesu avahantesu") D.--
96, asīti the MSS.--
97 = 862.--
98, comp. 794, bhavamūlā bhavagāmino A, bhavamūlo bhavag- C,
bhavamūlopagāmino BDa Db.-- Tisso Abhayo ca Uttiyo A, Tisso Ayo ca
Utt- C, Tisso ca Ayo thero Uttiyo ca B. It is impossible to restore
the original text.
[page 015]
EKA-NIPĀTO. 15
Vaggo dasamo. Uddānaṃ:
Paripuṇṇako ca Vijayo Erako Mettajī muni
Cakkhupālo Khaṇḍasumano Tisso Abhayo ca
Uttiyo mahāpañño thero Devasabho pi cā 'ti.
Hitvā gihitvaṃ anavositatto mukhanaṅgalī odariko kusīto
mahāvarāho va nivāpapuṭṭho punappunaṃ gabbham upeti
mando 'ti. || Th_101 ||
Belaṭṭhakāni thero.
Mānena vañcitāse saṃkhāresu saṃkilissamānāse
lābhālābhena mathitā samādhiṃ nādhigacchantīti. || Th_102 ||
Setucchatthero.
Nāhaṃ etena atthiko sukhito dhammarasena tappito,
pītvāna rasaggam uttamaṃ na ca kāhāmi visena santhavan
ti. || Th_103 ||
Bandhuro thero.
Lahuko vata me kāyo phuṭṭho ca pītisukhena vipulena,
tūlam iva eritaṃ mālutena pilavati va me kāyo 'ti. || Th_104 ||
Khitako thero.
Ukkaṇṭhito pi na vase ramamāno pi pakkame,
na tv evānatthasahitaṃ vase vāsaṃ vicakkhaṇo 'ti. || Th_105 ||
Malitavambho thero.
Sataliṅgassa atthassa satalakkhaṇadhārino
ekaṅgadassī dummedho satadassī ca paṇḍito 'ti. || Th_106 ||
Suhemanto thero.
Pabbajiṃ tulayitvāna agārasmā anagāriyaṃ;
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_107 ||
Dhammasavo thero.
Savīsaṃvassasatiko pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_108 ||
Dhammasavapituthero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
101, Beladdhakāni ABC.--
103, pitvā AC, vitvā B, pītvāna Da Db.-- Bandhuratthera D, Bandhano A,
Sandhayo B, Sandhavo C.--
104, pilarati and pilavati D, sīlavati AC, sīlavatī B.--
105 -saṃhitaṃ and -sahitaṃ D, -saṃhitaṃ ABC.--
106, ca Da Db, va ABC.-- Susomantatth- D.--
107, Dhammasavo A, -savano BC, saṃvaro D.--
108, Dhammasaṭapituth- D, Dhammasāp- BC.
[page 016]
16 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Na nūnāyaṃ paramahitānukampino rahogato anuvigaṇeti
sāsanaṃ;
tathā h'; ayaṃ viharati pākatindriyo migī yathā taruṇajātikā
vane 'ti. || Th_109 ||
Saṃgharakkhito thero.
Nagā nagaggesu susaṃvirūḷhā udaggameghena navena sittā
vivekakāmassa araññasaññino janeti bhiyyo Usabhassa
kalyatan ti. || Th_110 ||
Usabho thero.
Vaggo ekādasamo. uddānaṃ:
Belaṭṭhakāni Setuccho Bandhuro Khitako isi
Malitavambho Suhemanto Dhammasavo Dhammasavapitā
Saṃgharakkhitathero ca Usabho ca mahāmuni.
Duppabbajjaṃ ve, duradhivāsā gehā, dhammo gambhīro,
duradhigamā bhogā;
kicchā vutti no itarītaren'; eva; yuttaṃ cintetuṃ satatam
aniccatan ti. || Th_111 ||
Jento thero.
Tevijjo 'haṃ mahājhāyī cetosamathakovido;
sadattho me anuppatto, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_112 ||
Vacchagotto thero.
Acchodikā puthusilā gonaṅgulamigāyutā
ambusevālasañchannā te selā ramayanti man ti. || Th_113 ||
Vanavacchathero.
Kāyaduṭṭhullagaruno hiyyamānamhi jīvite
sarīrasukhagiddhassa kuto samaṇasādhutā 'ti. || Th_114 ||
Adhimutto thero.
Es'; āvahiyyase pabbatena bahukuṭajasallakikena
Nesādakena girinā yasassinā paricchadenā 'ti. || Th_115 ||
Mahānāmo thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
109, taruṇavijjātikā ti vā pāṭho Db.--
110, janetīti (sic Da Db) uppādenti puthute hi idaṃ ekavacanaṃ,
keci pana janentīti paṭhanti.--
Uddāna : Bandhano A, Mandayo B, Mandaro C.--
111, Jetatth- D.--
113 = 601.--
115, -sallakikena A, -sallarikena BCD ("sallakīhi indasālarukkhehi vā
samannāgatena")-- paricchadenā ti AB, paricched- CD.
[page 017]
EKA-NIPĀTO. 17
Cha phassāyatane hitvā guttadvāro susaṃvuto
aghamūlaṃ vamitvāna patto me āsavakkhayo. || Th_116 ||
Pārāpariyo thero.
Suvilitto suvasano sabbābharaṇabhūsito
tisso vijjā ajjhagamiṃ, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_117 ||
Yaso thero.
Abhisattho va nipatati vayo, rūpam aññam iva tath'; eva
santaṃ;
tass'; eva sato avippavasato aññasseva sarāmi attānan ti. || Th_118 ||
Kimbilo thero.
Rukkhamūlagahanaṃ pasakkiya nibbānaṃ hadayasmiṃ
osiya
jhāya Gotama mā ca pamādo; kin te biḷibiḷikā karissa-
tīti. || Th_119 ||
Vajjiputto thero.
Pañca kkhandhā pariññātā tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā;
dukkhakkhayo anuppatto, patto me āsavakkhayo 'ti. || Th_120 ||
Isidatto thero.
Dvādasamo vaggo. tatr'; uddānaṃ bhavati:
Jento ca Vacchagotto ca Vaccho ca Vanapavhayo
Adhimutto Mahānāmo Pārāpariyo Yaso pi ca
Kimbilo Vajjiputto ca Isidatto mahāyaso 'ti. |
vīsuttarasataṃ therā katakiccā anāsavā
Ekake 'va nipātamhi susaṃgītā mahesibhīti. |
niṭṭhito Ekanipāto.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
117, ajjhāgamiṃ A, ajjhāgamini B, ajjabhāsi C, ajjhāgamiṃ corrected to
ajjhag- Da, ajjhagamin ti Db.--
118, abhisatto va nipati (corr. to nipatati) A, abhisatto va nipatati B,
abhisitto dha nipatti C, abhisattho vinipatī Da. Db: abhisattho vā 'ti
tvaṃ sīghaṃ gacchamānā tiṭṭhati devehi anusiṭṭho āṇatto viya.
abhisattho vā 'ti pi pāṭho, tvaṃ bahu gacchati kenaci abhilāpakato
viyā 'ti attho. nipatīti atipati abhidhāvati na tiṭṭhati khaṇe khaṇe
khayavasaṃ pāpuṇātīti attho.-- tathe AC, tatheva BD.-- Kimilo AC,
Kimmilo B, Kimmilatth- and Kimbilatth- D.--
119, opiya Da, opiyā 'ti . . . nibbutiṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā Db.--
biḷibiliti saddappavatti yathā niratthakā Db.-- uddāna : Kimilo AC,
Kimmilo B.
[page 018]
18 {THERA-GĀTHĀ.}
DUKANIPĀTO.
N'; atthi koci bhavo nicco saṃkhārā vāpi sassatā,
uppajjanti ca te khandhā cavanti aparāparaṃ. || Th_121 ||
etaṃ ādīnavaṃ ñatvā bhaven'; amhi anatthiko,
nissaṭo sabbakāmehi, patto me āsavakkhayo 'ti. || Th_122 ||
itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā Uttaro thero gāthāyo
abhāsitthā 'ti.
Na idaṃ anayena jīvitaṃ, nāhāro hadayassa santiko,
āhāraṭṭhitiko samussayo, iti disvāna carāmi esanaṃ. || Th_123 ||
paṅko 'ti hi naṃ avedayuṃ yāyaṃ vandanapūjanā kulesu,
sukhumaṃ sallaṃ durubbahaṃ, sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho
'ti. || Th_124 ||
itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā Piṇḍolabhāradvājo thero
gāthāyo abhāsitthā 'ti.
Makkaṭo pañcadvārāyaṃ kuṭikāyaṃ pasakkiya
dvārena anupariyeti ghaṭṭayanto muhuṃ muhuṃ. || Th_125 ||
tiṭṭha makkaṭa mā dhāvi, na hi te taṃ yathā pure;
niggahīto 'si paññāya, neto dūraṃ gamissasīti. || Th_126 ||
Valliyo thero.
Tiṇṇaṃ me tālapattānaṃ Gaṅgātīre kuṭī katā,
chavasitto va me patto, paṃsukūlañ ca cīvaraṃ. || Th_127 ||
dvinnaṃ antaravassānaṃ ekā vācā me bhāsitā;
tatiye antaravassamhi tamokhandho padālito 'ti. || Th_128 ||
Gaṅgātīriyo bhikkhu.
Api ce hoti tevijjo maccuhāyī anāsavo,
appaññāto 'ti naṃ bālā avajānanti ajānatā. || Th_129 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
123, na yidaṃ Da Db.-- santike 'ti pi paṭhanti Db.-- pavedayuṃ A,
averassuṃ C, avedasuṃ B, avedayuṃ Da Db.--
126, neto ABC, neva Da. Db : neva dūraṃ gamissasi ito attabhāvato
dūraṃ dutiyādiattabhāvaṃ n'; eva gamissasi. nete [sic] dūran ti
pi pāṭho, so ev'; attho.--
127, tālapattīnan ti pi pāṭho Db.-- chavasitto va Ada, ch- ca BC;
chavasitto va me patto ca chavasittasadiso matānaṃ khīrasecanaṃ
[sic] kuṇḍasadiso 'ti attho Db.--
129, ajānakā Db, ajānatā or -kā Da.
[page 019]
DUKA-NIPĀTO. 19
yo ca kho annapānassa lābhī hoti 'dha puggalo,
pāpadhammo pi ce hoti, so nesaṃ hoti sakkato 'ti. || Th_130 ||
Ajino thero.
Yadāhaṃ dhammam assosiṃ bhāsamānassa satthuno,
na kaṅkham abhijānāmi sabbaññu aparājite || Th_131 ||
satthavāhe mahāvīre sārathīnaṃ varuttame:
magge paṭipadāyaṃ vā kaṅkhā mayhaṃ na vijjatīti. || Th_132 ||
Meḷajino thero.
Yathā agāraṃ ducchannaṃ vuṭṭhi samativijjhati,
evaṃ abhāvitaṃ cittaṃ rāgo samativijjhati. || Th_133 ||
yathā agāraṃ succhannaṃ vuṭṭhi na samativijjhati,
evaṃ subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ rāgo na samativijjhati. || Th_134 ||
Rādho thero.
Khīṇā hi mayhaṃ jāti, vusitaṃ jinasāsanaṃ,
pahīno jālasaṃkhāto, bhavanetti samūhatā. || Th_135 ||
yass'; atthāya pabbajito agārasmā anagāriyaṃ,
so me attho anuppatto sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo. || Th_136 ||
Surādho thero.
Sukhaṃ supanti munayo ye itthīsu na bajjhare
sadā ve rakkhitabbāsu yāsu saccaṃ sudullabhaṃ. || Th_137 ||
vadhaṃ carimha te kāma, anaṇā dāni te mayaṃ,
gacchāma dāni nibbānaṃ yattha gantvā na socatīti. || Th_138 ||
Gotamo thero.
Pubbe hanati attānaṃ pacchā hanati so pare;
suhataṃ hanti attānaṃ vītaṃseneva pakkhimā. || Th_139 ||
na brāhmaṇo bahivaṇṇo, antovaṇṇo hi brāhmaṇo;
yasmiṃ pāpāni kammāni sa ve kaṇho Sujampatīti. || Th_140 ||
Vasabho thero.
Vaggo paṭhamo. uddānaṃ:
Uttaro c'; eva Piṇḍolo Valliyo Tīriyo isi
Ajino ca Meḷajino Rādho Surādho Gotamo
Vasabhena ime honti dasa therā mahiddhikā 'ti.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
138, aniṇā A, aninā BC, aṇanā D.
[page 020]
20 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Sussūsā sutavaḍḍhanī, sutaṃ paññāya vaḍḍhanaṃ,
paññāya atthaṃ jānāti, ñāto attho sukhāvaho. || Th_141 ||
sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, careyya saṃyojanavippa-
mokkhaṃ:
sace ratiṃ nādhigaccheyya tattha, saṃghe vase rakkhitatto
satīmā 'ti. || Th_142 ||
Mahācundo thero.
Ye kho te veghamissena nānatthena ca kammunā
manusse uparundhanti pharusupakkamā janā,
te pi tath'; eva kīranti, na hi kammaṃ panassati. || Th_143 ||
yaṃ karoti naro kammaṃ kalyāṇaṃ yadi pāpakaṃ,
tassa tass'; eva dāyādo yaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ pakubbatī-
ti. || Th_144 ||
Jotidāsathero.
Accayanti ahorattā, jīvitaṃ uparujjhati,
āyu khīyati maccānaṃ kunnadīnaṃ va odakaṃ. || Th_145 ||
atha pāpāni kammāni karaṃ bālo na bujjhati;
pacchāssa kaṭukaṃ hoti, vipāko hi 'ssa pāpako 'ti. || Th_146 ||
Heraññakāni thero.
Parittaṃ dārum āruyha yathā sīde mahaṇṇave,
evaṃ kusītam āgamma sādhujīvī pi sīdati;
tasmā taṃ parivajjeyya kusītaṃ hīnavīriyaṃ. || Th_147 ||
pavivittehi ariyehi pahitattehi jhāyihi
niccaṃ āraddhaviriyehi paṇḍitehi sahāvase 'ti. || Th_148 ||
Somamitto thero.
Jano janamhi sambaddho, janam ev'; assito jano,
jano janena heṭhiyati, heṭheti ca jano janaṃ. || Th_149 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
141, sudhāvaddhini A, sutavaḍhanaṃ B, sutantani C, sutavaḍḍhanti Da,
suta (corrected to sutaṃ) vaḍḍani Db.--
143, vekhamissena A, veghamiyena BC, veghamissena Da, veghamissenā 'ti
varattakhaṇḍādinā sīlādīsu veghadānena. vegamissenā 'ti pi pāḷi,
so ev'; attho. Comp. Dr. Rhys Davids's note on Mahā Parinibbāna
Sutta II, 32 (Sacred Books, vol. xi. p. 37).-- nānatthena AC,
nānattena BDb, nānatenana Da.-- uparundhanti A, uparaddhanti BCDa,
uparuddhantīti vibādhanti Db.-- tatteva A, tattheva BCD ("tatheva
kirantīti ca pāṭho.")--
144, Jotipālatth- D.--
148, jhāyibhi A, -hi BCD.--
149, janasmiṃ D.-- sambandho ABCD ("paṭibaddho, ayam eva vā pāṭho.")--
bādhiyati bādheti A, sodh- sodh- B, sodhīti sodheti C, heṭhayati
sodheti Da; heṭhīyati heṭheti ("heṭhiyati bādhiyati ta yidaṃ
mayham eva upari heṭhanaphalavasena upari patissatīti ajānanto
sodheti jano janaṃ") Db.
[page 021]
DUKA-NIPĀTO. 21
ko hi tassa janen'; attho janena janitena vā.
janaṃ ohāya gacchan taṃ heṭhayitvā bahuṃ janan ti. || Th_150 ||
Sabbamitto thero.
Kāḷī itthi brahatī dhaṅkarūpā satthiñ ca bhetvā aparañ ca
satthiñ
bāhañ ca bhetvā aparañ ca bāhuṃ sīsañ ca bhetvā dadhi-
thālakaṃ va esā nisinnā abhisaddahitvā. || Th_151 ||
yo ve avidvā upadhiṃ karoti punappunaṃ dukkham upeti
mando.
tasmā pajānaṃ upadhiṃ na kayirā māhaṃ puna bhinnasiro
sayissan ti. || Th_152 ||
Mahākālo thero.
Bahū sapatte labhati muṇḍo saṃghāṭipāruto
lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa sayanassa ca. || Th_153 ||
etam ādīnavaṃ ñatvā sakkāresu mahabbhayaṃ
appalābho anavassuto sato bhikkhu paribbaje 'ti. || Th_154 ||
Tisso thero.
Pācīnavaṃsadāyamhi Sakyaputtā sahāyakā
pahāy'; anappake bhoge uñchāpattāgate ratā || Th_155 ||
āraddhaviriyā pahitattā niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamā
ramanti dhammaratiyā hitvāna lokikaṃ ratin ti. || Th_156 ||
Kimbilo thero.
Ayonisomanasīkārā maṇḍanaṃ anuyuñjisaṃ,
uddhato capalo cāsiṃ kāmarāgena aṭṭito. || Th_157 ||
upāyakusalenāhaṃ buddhenādiccabandhunā
yoniso paṭipajjitvā bhave cittaṃ udabbahin ti. || Th_158 ||
Nando thero.
Pare ca naṃ pasaṃsanti attā ce asamāhito:
moghaṃ pare pasaṃsanti, attā hi asamāhito. || Th_159 ||
pare ca naṃ garahanti attā ce susamāhito:
moghaṃ pare garahanti, attā hi susamāhito. || Th_160 ||
Sirimā thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
150, bādhayitvā A, sodhayitvā BC, heṭhayitvā Da; sodhayitvā bahūjanan ti
yasmā saṃsāre carato jananassa ayam evarūpā paṭipatti tasmā taṃ janaṃ
tassa ca sodhikā yā sā taṇhā yo ca so evaṃ bahūjanaṃ sodhayitvā ṭhitaṃ
tañ ca ohāya . . . pariccajitvā gaccha tehi anupaddutaṇ ṭhānaṃ
gaccheyya pāpuṇeyyan ti attho Db.--
151, abhisandahitvā Da Db.--
152, comp. Sutta Nipāta 728 = 1050. --
156, lokiyaṃ D.-- Kimbilatth- D, Kimilo A, Kimmilo BC.--
157, capalo āsiṃ D.--
160, Sirimo AC, Sīrimo B, Sirimatth- D.
[page 022]
22 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Vaggo dutiyo. uddānaṃ:
Cundo ca Jotidāso ca thero Heraññakāni yo
Somamitto Sabbamitto Kālo Tisso ca Kimbilo
Nando ca Sirimā c'; eva dasa therā mahiddhikā 'ti.
Khandhā mayā pariññātā, taṇhā me susamūhatā,
bhāvitā mama bojjhaṅgā, patto me āsavakkhayo. || Th_161 ||
so 'haṃ khandhe pariññāya abbahitvāna jāliniṃ
bhāvayitvāna bojjhaṅge nibbāyissaṃ anāsavo 'ti. || Th_162 ||
Uttaro thero.
Panādo nāma so rājā yassa yūpo suvaṇṇayo
tiriyaṃ soḷasapabbedho ubbham āhu sahassadhā. || Th_163 ||
sahassakaṇḍu satabheṇḍu dhajālu haritāmayo;
anaccuṃ tattha gandhabbā cha sahassāni sattadhā 'ti. || Th_164 ||
Bhaddaji thero.
Satimā paññavā bhikkhu āraddhabalavīriyo
pañca kappasatān'; āhaṃ ekarattiṃ anussariṃ. || Th_165 ||
cattāro satipaṭṭhāne satta aṭṭha ca bhāvayaṃ
pañca kappasatān'; āhaṃ ekarattiṃ anussarin ti. || Th_166 ||
Sobhito thero.
Yaṃ kiccaṃ daḷhaviriyena yaṃ kiccaṃ boddhum icchatā
karissaṃ nāvarajjhissaṃ, passa viriyaparakkamaṃ. || Th_167 ||
tvañ ca me maggam akkhāhi añjasaṃ amatogadhaṃ;
ahaṃ monena monissaṃ Gaṅgāsoto va sāgaran ti. || Th_168 ||
Valliyo thero.
Kese me olikhissan ti kappako upasaṃkami,
tato ādāsaṃ ādāya sarīraṃ paccavekkhisaṃ. || Th_169 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Uddāna : Kimilo A, Kimmilo BC.-- Sirimā AC, Sīrimo B.--
162, sabbuhitvāna corr. to abb- A, sabbah- B, appah- C, abbahitvāna
("uddharitvā") Da Db.--
163, suvaṇṇamayo A, suvaṇṇayo BCDb, -ṇṇāyo Da.-- soḷasubbedho AD,
soḷasamubbedho C, soḷasamuppedho B. Prof. Fausboll no doubt is
right in reading soḷasapabbedho (Jātaka, vol. ii. p. 334).--
164, The first hemistich frequently occurs in the Apadāna collection :
see the 310th Apadāna (the story of Pabbhāradāyaka), the Apadāna of
Tiṇakuṭidāyakatthera (fol. jhi'; of Dr. Morris's MS.), the Apadāna of
Tiṇamuṭṭhidāyakathera (ibid. fol. jhū), etc. The Apadāna MS.
constantly reads sahassakaṇḍu. The readings of my MSS. are :
sahassakaṇḍo AD ("sahassakaṇḍo ti sahassabhumako"), sahassakhaṇḍo C,
sahassakoṇḍo B. Comp. Jāt. 1.1.-- satabheṇḍu CD, which the comment
explains by "anekasataniyyūhāho" (read, -niyyūho), satagenḍu AB.
The Apadāna MS. has always satabheṇḍu.--
167, nāvarujjhissaṃ A. nāvarajjh- BC, na virajjhissaṃ Da Db.--
169, olikhiyanti AB, olikhīyan ti C, olikhissan ti D ("mama kese
olikhissaṃ kappemīti").
[page 023]
DUKA-NIPĀTO. 23
tuccho kāyo adissittha, andhakāre tamo byagā;
sabbe coḷā samucchinnā, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_170 ||
Vītasoko thero.
Pañca nīvaraṇe hitvā yogakkhemassa pattiyā
dhammādāsaṃ gahetvāna ñāṇadassanam attano || Th_171 ||
paccavekkhiṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ sabbaṃ santarabāhiraṃ,
ajjhattañ ca bahiddhā ca tuccho kāyo adissathā 'ti. || Th_172 ||
Puṇṇamāso thero.
Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño khalitvā patitiṭṭhati,
bhiyyo laddhāna saṃvegaṃ adīno vahate dhuraṃ, || Th_173 ||
evaṃ dassanasampannaṃ sammāsambuddhasāvakaṃ
ājāniyaṃ maṃ dhāretha puttaṃ buddhassa orasan ti. || Th_174 ||
Nandako thero.
Ehi Nandaka gacchāma upajjhāyassa santikaṃ,
sīhanādaṃ nadissāma buddhaseṭṭhassa sammukhā. || Th_175 ||
yāya no anukampāya amhe pabbājayī muni,
so no attho anuppatto sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo 'ti. || Th_176 ||
Bharato thero.
Nadanti evaṃ sappaññā sīhā va girigabbhare
vīrā vijitasaṃgāmā jetvā Māraṃ savāhanaṃ. || Th_177 ||
satthā ca pariciṇṇo me, dhammo saṃgho ca pūjito,
ahañ ca vitto sumano puttaṃ disvā anāsavan ti. || Th_178 ||
Bhāradvājo thero.
Upāsitā sappurisā, sutā dhammā abhiṇhaso;
sutvāna paṭipajjissaṃ añjasaṃ amatogadhaṃ. || Th_179 ||
bhavarāgahatassa me sato bhavarāgo puna me na vijjati
na cāhu na ca me bhavissati na ca me etarahi pi
vijjatīti. || Th_180 ||
Kaṇhadinno thero.
Vaggo tatiyo. uddānaṃ:
Uttaro Bhaddaji thero Sobhito Valliyo isi
Vītasoko ca so thero Puṇṇamāso ca Nandako
Bharato Bhāradvājo ca Kaṇhadinno mahāmunīti.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
172, santarabāhiraṃ ADb, antarabāhiraṃ BCDa.--
173, vahato AB, vahate C, vahane Da, vahite ubbahati Db.--
176, Bharato ABDb, Bhārato C, Bhāratth- Da.--
177, dhīrā Da Db.--
178, ci (corrected to ca) vitto A, ca citto BC, ca citto (corr. to
vitto) Da, ca vitto Db ("ahaṃ pi vitto nirāmisāya pītiyā tuṭṭho.")--
180, pi deest AD.
[page 024]
24 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Yato ahaṃ pabbajito sammāsambuddhasāsane,
vimuccamāno uggacchiṃ, kāmadhātuṃ upaccagaṃ. || Th_181 ||
Brahmuno pekkhamānassa tato cittaṃ vimucci me;
akuppā me vimuttīti sabbasaṃyojanakkhayā 'ti. || Th_182 ||
Migasiro thero.
Aniccāni gahakāni tattha tattha punappunaṃ,
gahakāraṃ gavesanto dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ. || Th_183 ||
gahakāraka diṭṭho 'si, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;
sabbā te pāsukā bhaggā thūṇirā ca vidālitā;
vipariyādikataṃ cittaṃ idh'; eva vidhamissatīti. || Th_184 ||
Sivako thero.
Arahaṃ sugato loke vāteh'; ābādhito muni;
sace uṇhodakaṃ atthi munino dehi brāhmaṇa. || Th_185 ||
pūjito pūjaneyyānaṃ sakkareyyāna sakkato
apacito apacineyyānaṃ tassa icchāmi hātave 'ti. || Th_186 ||
Upavāno thero.
Diṭṭhā mayā dhammadharā upāsakā kāmā aniccā iti bhā-
samānā
sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu puttesu dāresu ca te
apekkhā. || Th_187 ||
addhā na jānanti yathā va dhammaṃ, kāmā aniccā iti cāpi āhu,
rāgañ ca tesaṃ na bal'; atthi chettuṃ, tasmā sitā puttadā-
raṃ dhanañ cā 'ti. || Th_188 ||
Isidinno thero.
Devo ca vassati devo ca gaḷagaḷāyati ekako cāhaṃ bherave
bile viharāmi:
tassa mayhaṃ ekakassa bherave bile viharato n'; atthi bha-
yaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā. || Th_189 ||
dhammatā mam'; esā yassa me ekakassa bherave bile viharato
n'; atthi bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā 'ti. || Th_190 ||
Sambulakaccāno thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
181, upajjhagaṃ A, upaccagaṃ BCD.-- 183 seq. comp. Dhammap. 153 seq.--
183, gahakārakaṃ BC.--
184, tuṇirā va A, mūḷhābhava B, dhulābha C, dhuṇirā ca Da, dhūṇirā va
padālitā 'ti . . . avijjāsaṃkhātā kaṇṇikā pabhinnā Db.-- vipa-
riyādikataṃ (-kahaṃ C) ACDb, viparidik- B, vimariyādikaṃ Da.--
vidhamīyatīti C, vidhamiyatiti B.--
186, icchāma h- Da. tassa vātābādhavūpasamanatthaṃ nahānave [sic]
upanetuṃ gacchāmīti Db.-- Upadhānatth- D.--
188, addhānaṃ D. yathā A, yathāva B, yathā ca C, yato ca D. Db :
yato ti yasmā te . . . tasmā idha imasmiṃ buddhasāsane dhammaṃ
yathāvato addhā ekaṃsena na jānanti.--
190, Sampahulak- A, Sambupulak- C, Sambulak- BD.
[page 025]
DUKA-NIPĀTO. 25
Kassa selūpamaṃ cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ nānupakampati
virattaṃ rajanīyesu kuppanīye na kuppati.
yass'; evaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kuto taṃ dukkham essa-
ti. || Th_191 ||
mama selūpamaṃ cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ nānupakampati
virattaṃ rajanīyesu kuppanīye na kuppati.
mam'; evaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, kuto maṃ dukkham essa-
tīti. || Th_192 ||
Khitako thero.
Na tāva supituṃ hoti ratti nakkhattamālinī,
paṭijaggitum ev'; esā ratti hoti vijānatā. || Th_193 ||
hatthikkhandhāvapatitaṃ kuñjaro ce anukkame
saṃgāme me mataṃ seyyo yañ ce jīve parājito 'ti. || Th_194 ||
Soṇo Poṭiriyaputto.
Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā piyarūpe manorame
saddhāya abhinikkhamma dukkhass'; antakaro bhave. || Th_195 ||
nābhinandāmi maraṇaṃ nābhinandāmi jīvitaṃ
kālañ ca paṭikaṅkhāmi sampajāno patissato 'ti. || Th_196 ||
Nisabho thero.
Ambapallavasaṃkāsaṃ aṃse katvāna cīvaraṃ
nisinno hatthigīvāyaṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ. || Th_197 ||
hatthikkhandhato oruyha saṃvegaṃ alabhin tadā,
so 'haṃ ditto tadā santo, patto me āsavakkhayo 'ti. || Th_198 ||
Usabho thero.
Ayaṃ iti kappaṭo Kappaṭakuro. acchāya atibharitāya
amataghaṭikāyaṃ dhammakatamatto, katapadaṃ jhānāni
ocetuṃ. || Th_199 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
194, Comp. Padhānasutta (Suttanipāta), v. 16.-- Poṭiriyo A,
Poḷiriputto B, Poṭiritto C, seṭṭhiputtassa ("Segirisaṃ nāma
bhojakassa putto hutvā") D.--
198, ditto A, citto BC, nibbho Da, ditto ("dappito") Db.--
199, pi A, piti B, pīti C, iti Da.-- acchāya (acchabha BC)
atibhariyāya ABC, accaṃbharāya Da.-- dhammakaṭapatto AC,
dhammaṃk- B, dhammakatamatto Da. Db : ayam iti kappaṭo
Kappaṭakuro 'ti Kappaṭakuro bhikkhu ayaṃ mama kappaṭo imaṃ pari-
dahitvā yathātathā jīvāmi iti evam uppannam icchāvitakko.
accaṃbharāya atibharatāya amataghaṭakāyaṃ mama amataghate tahaṃ
tahaṃ vissavante amatam adhigataṃ aham anusāsāmi [Mahāvagga I.
6. 12] . . . 'tiādinā ghosetvā mayā dhammāmate pavassiyamāne;
akapadaṃ (corr. to akatapadaṃ) jhānāni ocetuṃ . . . jhānāni
upacetuṃ bhāvetuṃ katapadaṃ katamagga vihitabhāvanāmaggaṃ idaṃ
mama sāsanaṃ; tathāpi dhammakatamaggo mama sāsanadhammato
ukkaṇṭhacitto apagatamānaso Kappaṭakuro 'ti taṃ codetvā . . .
[page 026]
26 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
mā kho tvaṃ Kappaṭa pacālesi mā taṃ upakaṇṇakamhi
tāḷessaṃ;
na ha tvaṃ Kappaṭa mattam aññāsi saṃghamajjhamhi
pacalāyamāno 'ti. || Th_200 ||
Kappaṭakuro thero.
Vaggo catuttho. uddānaṃ:
Migasiro Sivako ca Upavāno ca paṇḍito
Isidinno ca Kaccāno Khitako ca mahāvasī
Poṭiriyaputto Nisabho Usabho Kappaṭakuro 'ti.
Aho buddhā aho dhammā aho no satthu sampadā
yattha etādisaṃ dhammaṃ sāvako sacchikāhiti. || Th_201 ||
asaṃkheyyesu kappesu sakkāyādhigatā ahuṃ,
tesaṃ ayaṃ pacchimako, carimo 'yaṃ samussayo
jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_202 ||
Kumārakassapo thero.
Yo have daharo bhikkhu yañjati buddhasāsane,
jāgaro patisuttesu, amoghan tassa jīvitaṃ. || Th_203 ||
tasmā saddhañ ca sīlañ ca pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ
anuyuñjetha medhāvī saraṃ buddhāna sāsanan ti. || Th_204 ||
Dhammapālo thero.
Kass'; indriyāni samathaṃ gatāni assā yathā sārathinā
sudantā,
pahīnamānassa anāsavassa devāpi tassa pihayanti tā-
dino. || Th_205 ||
mayh'; indriyāni samathaṃ gatāni assā yathā sārathinā
sudantā,
pahīnamānassa anāsavassa devāpi mayhaṃ pihayanti tādino
'ti. || Th_206 ||
Brahmāli thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
200, cālesi A.-- tvaṃ ABC, taṃ D.-- upakaṇṇamhi A.-- ṭālessaṃ A,
tāleyaṃ C, tāraḷayaṃ B, tāḷesa D.-- na vā ABC, na ha Da, na hiṃ Db.--
Uddāna : Poṭiriyaputto A, Soṭiriputto BC.--
202, ahu ABCDa, ahun ti Db.--
203, comp. Dhammap. 382.-- sa hi suttesu D, patis- A, satiputtesu BC.--
205, comp. Dhamm. 94.
[page 027]
DUKA-NIPĀTO. 27
Chavipāpaka cittabhaddaka Mogharāja satataṃ samāhito,
hemantikasītakālarattiyo, bhikkhu tvaṃ 'si, kathaṃ
karissasi. || Th_207 ||
sampannasassā Magadhā kevalā iti me sutaṃ;
palālacchannako seyyaṃ yath'; aññe sukhajīvino 'ti. || Th_208 ||
Mogharājā thero.
Na ukkhipe no ca parikkhipe pare, na okkhipe pāragataṃ
na eraye,
na cattavaṇṇaṃ parisāsu byāhare anuddhato sammitabhāṇi
subbato. || Th_209 ||
susukhumanipuṇatthadassinā matikusalena nivātavuttinā
saṃsevitabuddhasīlinā nibbānaṃ na hi tena dullabhan
ti. || Th_210 ||
Visākho Pañcālīputto thero.
Nadanti morā susikhā supekhuṇā sunīlagīvā sumukhā
sugajjino,
susaddalā cāpi mahāmahī ayaṃ subyāpitambu, suvalā-
hakaṃ nabhaṃ. || Th_211 ||
sukallarūpo sumanassa jhāyitaṃ sunikkhamo sādhu subud-
dhasāsane;
susukkasukkaṃ nipuṇaṃ sududdasaṃ phusāhi taṃ uttamam
accutaṃ padan ti. || Th_212 ||
Cūḷako thero.
Nandamānāgataṃ cittaṃ sūlam āropamānakaṃ,
tena ten'; eva vajasi yena sūlaṃ kaliṅgaraṃ. || Th_213 ||
tāhaṃ citta kaliṃ brūmi taṃ brūmi cittadubbhakaṃ;
satthā te dullabho laddho; mānatthe maṃ niyojayī-
ti. || Th_214 ||
Anūpamo thero.
Saṃsaraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ gatīsu parivattisaṃ
apassaṃ ariyasaccāni andhabhūto puthujjano. || Th_215 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
207, hemantikakālarattiyo (-yā A) AC, hemantikasitakālarattiko B,
hemantikasītakālarattiyo Da Db (hemantakā sītakālarattiyo 'ti
pi pāṭho).--
209, na okkhipe . . . na ukkhipe 'ti keci paṭhanti D.--
210 = 71.-- Pañcālaputto ABC.--
211, suvāpūtambū 'ti pi pāṭho suvisuddhajālo 'ti attho D.--
212, jhāyitaṃ ACDa, cabharitaṃ B, jhāyituṃ and jhāyitaṃ Db.--
sunikkamo ACDa, sanikamo B, sunikkhamo Db.--
213, āropamānaka AB, āropahānakaṃ C, āropamānakaṃ Da Db
("āropiyamānaṃ).--
214, kali AB, kalī C, kalī, kali kaliṃ D.-- cittadubbhagā 'ti pi
paṭhanti D.
[page 028]
28 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
tassa me appamattassa saṃsārā vinalīkatā,
sabbā gatī samucchinnā, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_216 ||
Vajjito thero.
Assatthe haritobhāse saṃvirūḷhamhi pādape
ekaṃ buddhagataṃ saññaṃ alabhitthaṃ patissato. || Th_217 ||
ekatiṃse ito kappe yaṃ saññaṃ alabhin tadā,
tassā saññāya vāhasā patto me āsavakkhayo 'ti. || Th_218 ||
Sandhito thero.
Pañcamo vaggo. uddānaṃ:
Kumārakassapo thero Dhammapālo ca Brahmāli
Mogharājā Visākho ca Cūḷako ca Anūpamo
Vajjito Sandhito thero kilesarajavāhano 'ti. |
gāthā Dukanipātamhi navuti c'; eva aṭṭha ca,
therā ekūnapaññāsaṃ bhāsitā nayakovidā. |
Dukanipāto.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
217 = Apadāna fol. jī (Dr. Morris's MS.).-- alabhi ham corrected to
alabhiṃ haṃ A, alabhittaṃ BC, abhilatthaṃ Da, alatthūpaṇissato ti Db,
alabhissa Apadāna.--
218, Satthitath-, Satthiṇatth- D.
[page 029]
TIKA-NIPĀTO. 29
TIKANIPĀTO.
Ayonisuddhiṃ anvesaṃ aggiṃ paricariṃ vane,
suddhimaggam ajānanto akāsiṃ amaraṃ tapaṃ. || Th_219 ||
taṃ sukhena sukhaṃ laddhaṃ; passa dhammasudhamma-
taṃ:
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ. || Th_220 ||
brahmabandhu pure āsiṃ, idāni kho 'mhi brāhmaṇo,
tevijjo nhātako c'; amhi sotthiyo c'; amhi vedagū 'ti. || Th_221 ||
Aṅgaṇikabhāradvājo thero.
Pañcāhāhaṃ pabbajito sekho appattamānaso,
vihāraṃ me paviṭṭhassa cetaso paṇidhī ahū: || Th_222 ||
nāsissaṃ na pivissāmi vihārato na nikkhame
na pi passaṃ nipātessaṃ taṇhāsalle anūhate. || Th_223 ||
tassa mevaṃ viharato passa viriyaparakkamaṃ,
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_224 ||
Paccayo thero.
Yo pubbe karaṇīyāni pacchā so kātum icchati,
sukhā so dhaṃsate ṭhānā pacchā cam anutappati. || Th_225 ||
yañ hi kayirā tañ hi vade, yaṃ na kayirā na taṃ vade.
akarontaṃ bhāsamānaṃ parijānanti paṇḍitā. || Th_226 ||
susukhaṃ vata nibbānaṃ sammāsambuddhadesitaṃ
asokaṃ virajaṃ khemaṃ yattha dukkhaṃ nirujjhatīti. || Th_227 ||
Bākulathero.
Sukhañ ce jīvituṃ icche sāmaññasmiṃ apekkhavā,
saṃghikaṃ nātimaññeyya cīvaraṃ pānabhojanaṃ. || Th_228 ||
sukhañ ce jīvituṃ icche sāmaññasmiṃ apekkhavā,
ahimusikasobbhaṃ va sevetha sayanāsanaṃ. || Th_229 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
219, paricare ABC, paricare, which is several times corrected to
paricariṃ D. The mistake paricare seems to have been caused by
Dhammap. 107.-- amaraṃ BD, paravā C, mama taṃ A.-- tapaṃ AD, vāsaṃ B,
savaṃ C.--
223 = 313, vihārato ABCD. The correct reading no doubt is vihārā ca
(see v. 313); vihārato offends against the metrical laws (compare,
however, Prof. Fausboll's note, Dhammap. v. 124).--
225, ca ABC, cam ("makāro padasandhikaro") D.
[page 030]
30 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
sukhañ ce jīvituṃ icche sāmaññasmiṃ apekkhavā,
itarītarena tusseyya ekadhammañ ca bhāvaye 'ti. || Th_230 ||
Dhaniyo thero.
Atisītaṃ atiuṇhaṃ atisāyam idaṃ ahū,
iti vissaṭṭhakammante khaṇā accenti māṇave. || Th_231 ||
yo ca sītañ ca uṇhañ ca tiṇā bhiyyo na maññati
karaṃ purisakiccāni, so sukhā na vihāyati. || Th_232 ||
dabbaṃ kusaṃ poṭakilaṃ usīraṃ mañjapabbajaṃ
urasā panudahissāmi vivekam anubrūhayan ti. || Th_233 ||
Mātaṅgaputto thero.
Ye cittakathī bahussutā samaṇā Pāṭaliputtavāsino
tes'; aññataro 'yam āyuvā dvāre tiṭṭhati Khujjasobhito. || Th_234 ||
ye cittakathī bahussutā samaṇā Pāṭaliputtavāsino
tes'; aññataro 'yam āyuvā dvāre tiṭṭhati māluterito. || Th_235 ||
suyuddhena suyiṭṭhena saṃgāmavijayena ca
brahmacariyānuciṇṇena evāyaṃ sukham edhati. || Th_236 ||
Khujjasobhito thero.
Yo 'dha koci manussesu parapāṇāni hiṃsati,
asmā lokā paramhā ca ubhayā dhaṃsate naro. || Th_237 ||
yo ca mettena cittena sabbapāṇ'; ānukampati,
bahuṃ hi so pasavati puññaṃ tādisako naro. || Th_238 ||
subhāsitassa sikkhetha samaṇupāsanassa ca
ekāsanassa ca raho cittavūpasamassa cā 'ti. || Th_239 ||
Vāraṇathero.
Eko pi saddho medhāvī asaddhān'; idha ñātinaṃ
dhammaṭṭho sīlasampanno hoti atthāya bandhunaṃ. || Th_240 ||
niggayha anukampāya coditā ñātayo mayā
ñātibandhavapemena kāraṃ katvāna bhikkhusu. || Th_241 ||
te abbhatītā kālakatā pattā te tidivaṃ sukhaṃ,
bhātaro mayhaṃ mātā ca modanti kāmakāmino 'ti. || Th_242 ||
Passikathero.
Kālāpabbaṅgasaṃkāso kiso dhamanisantato
mattaññu annapānamhi adīnamanaso naro || Th_243 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verses 231 and 232 recur in the Sigālovādasutta ap. Grimblot, Sept Suttas,
p. 302, except that for khaṇā the reading there is atthā. The last
clause recurs in Mahāvagga VIII. 15. 8.--
233 = 27.--
243, kālapabbaṅgasaṃkāso A, kālasabbaṅgasaṃkāso B, kālāsabbaṅgasaṃkāyo C,
kālāpasaṅgasaṃkāso Da, kālāpasaṅgasaṃkāso ti maṃsupacayāvigamena
kisadusaṇṭhitasarīrāvayavatāya dantilatāpabbasadisaṃgo Db.
[page 031]
TIKA-NIPĀTO. 31
phuṭṭho ḍaṃsehi makasehi araññasmiṃ brahāvane
nāgo saṃgāmasīse va sato tatrādhivāsaye. || Th_244 ||
yathā Brahmā tathā eko, yathā devo tathā duve,
yathā gāmo tathā tayo, kolāhalaṃ tat'; uttarin ti. || Th_245 ||
Yasojathero.
Ahū tuyhaṃ pure saddhā, sā te ajja na vijjati.
yaṃ tuyhaṃ tuyhaṃ ev'; etaṃ; n'; atthi duccaritaṃ
mama. || Th_246 ||
aniccā hi calā saddhā evaṃ diṭṭhā hi sā mayā;
rajjanti pi virajjanti, tattha kiṃ jiyyate muni. || Th_247 ||
paccati munino bhattaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ kule kule;
piṇḍikāya carissāmi, atthi jaṅghabalaṃ mamā 'ti. || Th_248 ||
Sāṭimattiyathero.
saddhāya adhinikkhamma navapabbajito navo
mitte bhajeyya kalyāṇe suddhājīve atandite. || Th_249 ||
Saddhāya abhinikkhamma navapabbajito navo
saṃghasmiṃ viharaṃ bhikkhu sikkhetha vinayaṃ
budho. || Th_250 ||
saddhāya abhinikkhamma navapabbajito navo
kappākappesu kusalo careyya apurakkhato. || Th_251 ||
Upāli thero.
Paṇḍitaṃ vata maṃ santaṃ alamatthavicintakaṃ
pañca kāmaguṇā loke sammohā pātayiṃsu maṃ. || Th_252 ||
pakkhanno Māravisaye daḷhasallasamappito
asakkhiṃ Maccurājassa ahaṃ pāsā pamuccituṃ. || Th_253 ||
sabbe kāmā pahīnā me, bhavā sabbe padālitā,
vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_254 ||
Uttarapālo thero.
Suṇātha ñātayo sabbe yāvant'; ettha samāgatā,
dhammaṃ vo desayissāmi; dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ. || Th_255 ||
ārabhatha nikkhamatha yañjatha buddhasāsane
dhunātha Maccuno senaṃ naḷāgāraṃ va kuñjaro. || Th_256 ||
yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye appamatto vihessati,
pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ dukkhass'; antaṃ karissatīti. || Th_257 ||
Abhibhūtathero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
248, thokathokaṃ Da Db.-- Sāṭimatt- AB, Sāṭimatth- C, Sāvimatth- and
Sāvimatt- D.--
253, pakkhando A, -nto BC, -nno Da Db--
256 = Milindapañha, p. 245.--
257, comp. Mahāparinibb. Sutta, p. 37.
[page 032]
32 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Saṃsaraṃ hi nirayaṃ agacchisaṃ, petalokam agamaṃ
punappunaṃ,
dukkhamamhi pi tiracchānayoniyā nekadhā hi vusitaṃ
ciraṃ mayā. || Th_258 ||
mānuso pi ca bhavo 'bhirādhito, saggakāyam agamaṃ
sakiṃ sakiṃ,
rūpadhātusu arūpadhātusu n'; evasaññisu asaññisu ṭṭhi-
taṃ. || Th_259 ||
sambhavā suviditā asārakā saṃkhatā pacalitā sad'; eritā;
taṃ viditvā maham attasambhavaṃ santim eva satimā
samajjhagan ti. || Th_260 ||
Gotamo thero.
Yo pubbe karaṇīyāni . . . (261-263 = 225-227) || Th_261-263 ||
Hārito thero.
Pāpamitte vivajjetvā bhajeyy'; uttamapuggale
ovāde c'; assa tiṭṭheyya patthento acalaṃ sukhaṃ. || Th_264 ||
parittaṃ dārum . . . (265,266 = 147,148.) || Th_265-266 ||
Vimalo thero.
Uddānaṃ:
Aṅgaṇiko Bhāradvājo Paccayo Bākulo isi
Dhaniyo Mātaṅgaputto Sobhito Vāraṇo isi
Passiko ca Yasojo ca Sāṭimattiy'; Upāli ca |
Uttarapālo Abhibhūto Gotamo Hārito pi ca
thero Tikanipātamhi nibbāne Vimalo kato;
aṭṭhatālīsa gāthāyo, therā soḷasa kittitā 'ti.
Tikanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
260, suderitā AC, saderitā (= sadā eritā) Da Db, saderikā B.--
261, cam ABCD.--
264; -puggale Da Db, -puggalaṃ ABC.-- cassa A, vassa BCD.--
266, jhāyibhi A.
[page 033]
{CATUKKA-NIPĀTO.} 33
{CATUKKANIPĀTO.}
Alaṃkatā suvasanā mālinī candanussadā
majjhe mahāpathe nārī turiye naccati naṭṭakī. || Th_267 ||
piṇḍikāya paviṭṭho 'haṃ gacchanto naṃ udikkhisaṃ
alaṃkataṃ suvasanaṃ maccupāsaṃ va oḍḍitaṃ. || Th_268 ||
tato me manasīkāro yoniso udapajjatha,
ādīnavo pāturahū, nibbidā samatiṭṭhata, || Th_269 ||
tato cittaṃ vimucci me, passa dhammasudhammataṃ:
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_270 ||
Nāgasamālathero.
Ahaṃ middhena pakato vihārā upanikkhamiṃ;
caṅkamaṃ abhirūhanto tath'; eva papatiṃ chamā. || Th_271 ||
gattāni parimajjitvā puna pāruyha caṅkamaṃ
caṅkame caṅkamiṃ so 'haṃ ajjhattaṃ susamāhito. || Th_272 ||
tato me . . . (273,274 = 269,270.) || Th_273-274 ||
Bhagu thero.
Pare ca na vijānanti mayam ettha yamāmase;
ye ca tattha vijānanti, tato sammanti medhagā. || Th_275 ||
yadā ca avijānantā iriyanty amarā viyā,
vijānanti ca ye dhammaṃ āturesu anāturā. || Th_276 ||
yaṃ kiñci sithilaṃ kammaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhañ ca yaṃ vataṃ
saṃkassaraṃ brahmacariyaṃ, na taṃ hoti mahappha-
laṃ. || Th_277 ||
yassa sabrahmacārīsu gāravo n'; ūpalabbhati,
ārakā hoti saddhammā nabhaṃ puthaviyā yathā 'ti. || Th_278 ||
Sabhiyo thero.
Dhir atthu pūre duggandhe Mārapakkhe avassute;
nava sotāni te kāye yāni sandanti sabbadā. || Th_279 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
275, see 498; Dhammap. 6, Mahāvagga x, 3.-- pare va D.--
276, iriyantāmarā viya A, iriyantamabhavissa (-vissati C) BC,
iriyanty amarā viya Da Db.--
277, see Dhammap. 312.--
279 (see 1150), pūre Da Db ("ativiya jegucchehi nānākuṇapehi
nānāvidhāsūcīhi sampuṇṇo" [sic]), pure ABC.-- nava hetāni ABC.
[page 034]
34 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
mā purāṇam amaññittho, māsādesi tathāgate;
sagge pi te na rajjanti kim aṅga pana mānuse. || Th_280 ||
ye ca kho bālā dummedhā dummantī mohapārutā,
tādisā tattha rajjanti Mārakhittasmi bandhane. || Th_281 ||
yesaṃ rāgo ca doso ca avijjā ca virājitā,
tādī tattha na rajjanti chinnasuttā abandhanā 'ti. || Th_282 ||
Nandako thero.
Pañcapaññāsa vassāni rajojallam adhārayiṃ,
bhuñjanto māsikaṃ bhattaṃ kesamassuṃ alocayiṃ, || Th_283 ||
ekapādena aṭṭhāsiṃ, āsanaṃ parivajjayiṃ,
sukkhagūthāni ca khādiṃ, uddesañ ca na sādiyiṃ. || Th_284 ||
etādisaṃ karitvāna bahuṃ duggatigāminaṃ
vuyhamāno mahoghena buddhaṃ saraṇam āgamaṃ. || Th_285 ||
saraṇagamanaṃ passa, passa dhammasudhammataṃ:
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_286 ||
Jambuko thero.
Svāgataṃ vata me āsi Gayāyaṃ Gayaphagguyā
yaṃ addasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ desentaṃ dhammam utta-
maṃ || Th_287 ||
mahappabhaṃ gaṇācariyaṃ aggapattaṃ vināyakaṃ
sadevakassa lokassa jinaṃ atuladassanaṃ || Th_288 ||
mahānāgaṃ mahāvīraṃ mahājutim anāsavaṃ
sabbāsavaparikkhīṇaṃ satthāram akutobhayaṃ. || Th_289 ||
cirasaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ vata maṃ diṭṭhisandānasanditaṃ
vimocayī so bhagavā sabbaganthehi Senakan ti. || Th_290 ||
Senako thero.
Yo dandhakāle tarati taraṇīye ca dandhaye,
ayonisosaṃvidhānena bālo dukkhaṃ nigacchati, || Th_291 ||
tass'; atthā parihāyanti kālapakkhe va candimā,
āyasakyañ ca pappoti mittehi ca virujjhatīti. || Th_292 ||
yo dandhakāle dandheti taraṇīye ca tāraye,
yonisosaṃ vidhānena sukhaṃ pappoti paṇḍito, || Th_293 ||
tass'; atthā paripūranti sukkapakkhe va candimā,
yaso kittiñ ca pappoti, mittehi na virujjhatīti. || Th_294 ||
Sambhūto thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
286, saraṇāgamanaṃ?--
287, yaṃ addasāsi AC, yaṃ adasāsi B, anuddāsiṃsiṃ corrected to
-ssasiṃ Da, yan ti . . . anuddasāsin ti Db.--
290, diṭṭhisantānabandhitaṃ A, -nasandhitaṃ B, diṭṭhasantānaṃ
santitaṃ C, diṭṭhisandānasanditaṃ D.--
294, paripūrenti, paripurenti the MSS.
[page 035]
CATUKKA-NIPĀTO. 35
Ubhayen'; eva sampanno Rāhulabhaddo 'ti maṃ vidu,
yañ c'; amhi putto buddhassa, yañ ca dhammesu cak-
khumā, || Th_295 ||
yañ ca me āsavā khīṇā, yañ ca n'; atthi punabbhavo.
arahā dakkhiṇeyyo 'mhi teyijjo amataddaso. || Th_296 ||
kāmandhā jālasañchannā taṇhāchadanachāditā
pamattabandhunā baddhā macchā va kumināmakhe. || Th_297 ||
taṃ kāmam aham ujjhitvā chetvā Mārassa bandhanaṃ
samūlaṃ taṇham abbuyha sītibhūto 'smi nibbuto 'ti. || Th_298 ||
Rāhulo thero.
Jātarūpena pacchannā dāsīgaṇapurakkhatā
aṅkena puttam ādāya bhariyā maṃ upāgami. || Th_299 ||
tañ ca disvāna āyantiṃ sakaputtassa mātaraṃ
alaṃkataṃ suvasanaṃ maccupāsaṃ va oḍḍitaṃ, || Th_300 ||
tato me . . . (301,302 = 269,270) || Th_301-302 ||
Candano thero.
Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, dhammo suciṇṇo
sukham āvahāti:
es'; ānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dham-
macārī. || Th_303 ||
na hi dhammo adhammo ca ubho samavipākino;
adhammo nirayaṃ neti, dhammo pāpeti suggatiṃ. || Th_304 ||
tasmā hi dhammesu kareyya chandaṃ iti modamāno
sugatena tādinā;
dhamme ṭhitā sugatavarassa sāvakā niyyanti dhīrā saraṇa-
varaggagāmino. || Th_305 ||
vipphoṭito gaṇḍamūlo, taṇhājālo samūhato;
so khīṇasaṃsāro na c'; atthi kiñcanaṃ cando yathā dosinā-
puṇṇamāsiyā 'ti. || Th_306 ||
Dhammiko thero.
Yadā balākā sucipaṇḍaracchadā kāḷassa meghassa bhayena
tajjitā
palehiti ālayam ālayesinī, tadā nadī Ajakaraṇī rameti
maṃ. || Th_307 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
296, comp. 336.--
297, jālapacchannā Da Db.--
299, sacchannā AC. sañch- B, pacchannā Da Db.--
306, vippothito A, vippovito B, vipphoṭito C, vighāṭito Da,
vippāṭito ti vidhuto Db.--
307, paḷehiti AB, palehīti C, phalehīti Da, palehītīti gocarabhūmito
uppatitvā gamissati Db.
[page 036]
36 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
yadā balākā suvisuddhapaṇḍarā kāḷassa meghassa bhayena
tajjitā
pariyesati lenam alenadassinī, tadā nadī Ajakaraṇī remeti
maṃ. || Th_308 ||
kan nu tattha na ramenti jambuyo ubhato tahiṃ,
sobhenti āpagākūlaṃ mahālenassa pacchato. || Th_309 ||
tāmatamadasaṃghasuppahīnā bhekā mandavatī panādayanti.
nājja girinadīhi vippavāsasamayo; khemā Ajakaraṇī sivā
surammā 'ti. || Th_310 ||
Sappako thero.
Pabbajiṃ jīvikattho 'haṃ, laddhāna upasampadaṃ
tato saddhaṃ paṭilabhiṃ, daḷhaviriyo parakkamiṃ. || Th_311 ||
kāmaṃ bhijjatu 'yaṃ kāyo maṃsapesī visīyaruṃ,
ubhojannukasandhīhi jaṅghāyo papatantu me; || Th_312 ||
nāsissaṃ na pivissāmi vihārā ca na nikkhame
na pi passaṃ nipātessaṃ taṇhāsalle anūhate. || Th_313 ||
tassa mevaṃ . . . (= 224) || Th_314 ||
Mudito thero.
Uddānaṃ:
Nāgasamālo Bhagu ca Sabhiyo Nandako pi ca
Jambuko Senako thero Sambhūto Rāhulo pi ca
bhavati Candano thero, das'; ete buddhasāvakā. |
Dhammiko Sappako thero Mudito cāpi te tayo.
gāthāyo dve ca paññāsa therā sabbe pi terasā 'ti.
Catukkanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
309, āsabhākūlaṃ A, āsakakulaṃ BC, apagākulaṃ Da, āpagākulaṃ Ajaka-
raṇīnadiyā ubhotīraṃ Db.--
310, -madas- Da, -matas- ABC.-- -suppahitā A, -suppatitā B, suppatā C,
-suppahīṇā Da, suppahīnā Db.-- mandavati (-tiṃ A) ABC, manāvatī Da. Db:
tamadasaṃghasuppahīnā 'ti amataṃ vuccati agadam, tena ramentīti
amatamadā sappā, nesaṃ saṃgho amatamadasaṃgho; tato suṭṭhu pahīnā
apagatā tā bhekā maṇḍūtiyo (read, -kiyo) manāvati manāsaravaniyo
(or -vatiyo?) panādayanti taṃ ṭhānaṃ madhurena vassitena ninnādayanti.--
Sappakatth- D, Sappako th- B, Sabbako th- AC.--
312, visiyantu A, visiyanti B, visīyanti C, visiyyaruṃ Da, visīyarun
ti . . . imasmā kāyā maṃsapesīyo visīyan ti ce visīyantu ito c'; ito
viddhaṃsantu.-- man ti pi pāṭho, so ev'; attho D.--
313, comp. 223.-- nikkhame D. -miṃ A, -mi BC.--
Uddāna : Should Bhavati be the name of a Thera whose stanzas are
not found in our MSS.?-- Sabbako ABC.
[page 037]
PAÑCA-NIPĀTO. 37
PAÑCANIPĀTO.
Bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā addasaṃ itthim ujjhitaṃ
apaviddhaṃ susānasmiṃ khajjantiṃ kimihī phuṭaṃ. || Th_315 ||
yaṃ hi eke jigucchanti mataṃ disvāna pāpakaṃ,
kāmarāgo pāturahū, andho va savatī ahuṃ. || Th_316 ||
oraṃ odanapākamhā tamhā ṭhānā apakkamiṃ;
satimā sampajāno 'haṃ ekamantaṃ upāvisiṃ. || Th_317 ||
tato me . . . (318,319 = 269,270) || Th_318-319 ||
Rājadatto thero.
Ayoge yuñjam attānaṃ puriso kiccam icchato
caraṃ ce nādhigaccheyya, taṃ me dubbhagalakkhaṇaṃ.
|| 320 ||
abbūḷhaṃ aghataṃ vijitaṃ ekañ ce ossajjeyya kalī va siyā;
sabbāni pi ce ossajjeyya andho va siyā samavisamassa
adassanato. || Th_321 ||
yañ hi kayirā . . . (= 226) || Th_322 ||
yathāpi ruciraṃ pupphaṃ vaṇṇavantaṃ agandhakaṃ,
evaṃ subhāsitā vācā aphalā hoti akubbato. || Th_323 ||
yathāpi ruciraṃ pupphaṃ vaṇṇavantaṃ sagandhakaṃ
evaṃ subhāsitā vācā saphalā hoti sakubbato 'ti. || Th_324 ||
Subhūto thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
315, comp. 393.-- apaviddhaṃ Da Db, -ṭṭhaṃ ABC.-- putaṃ D.--
316, vasavatī ABDa, vasavatti C. Db : yena andho vasati ahaṃ tasmiṃ
kalebare tasmiṃ kalebare (sic) vasitvā navahi dvārehi asuciṃ vasati
sandante asucibhāvassa adassanena andho viya ahosiṃ.-- The reading
which the commentator tries to explain, was evidently : andho va
savatī ahuṃ. The commentary then goes on : keci pan'; ettha takārāgamaṃ
katvā kilesaparivuṭṭhānena avasavattī kilesassa vā vasantīti (sic)
atthaṃ vadanti; apare andho va asatī ahun ti pāliṃ vatvā kāmarāgena
andho eva hutvā satirahito ahosin ti atthaṃ vadanti. tad ubhayaṃ
pāliyaṃ n'; atthi.--
320, icchito AC, acchito B, icchato Da, icchako ("icchanto") Db. Comp.
my note at Dīpavaṃsa 21, 2.--
321, aghataṃ AB, asataṃ C, agghataṃ Da. Db : vibādhanasabhāvatāya aghāni
nāma rāgādayo aghāni eva agghataṃ agghatānaṃ (corr. agghagataṃ
agghagatānaṃ) vijitaṃ saṃsārappavatti tesaṃ vijayo kusaladhammābhibhavo
agghataṃ (corr. agghagataṃ) vijitan ti anunāsikalopaṃ akatvā vuttaṃ;
anuddhaṭaṃ yena taṃ abbūḷhāghagataṃ vijitaṃ katvā evambhūto hutvā
kilese asamucchinditvā 'ti attho.-- kali ca ABC, kalī va Da, kali
va . . . kālakaṇṇi viya Db.--
323, 324 = Dhammap. 51, 52.
[page 038]
38 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Vassati devo yathā sugītaṃ, channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā,
tassaṃ viharāmi vūpasanto, atha ce patthayasi pavassa
deva. || Th_325 ||
vassati devo yathā sugītaṃ, channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā,
tassaṃ viharāmi santacitto --pa-- tassaṃ viharāmi vīta-
rāgo . . . vītadoso . . . vītamoho, atha ce patthayasi
pavassa devā 'ti. || Th_326-329 ||
Girimānando thero.
Yaṃ patthayāno dhammesu upajjhāyo anuggahi
amataṃ abhikaṅkhantaṃ, kataṃ kattabbakaṃ mayā. || Th_330 ||
anuppatto sacchikato sayaṃ dhammo anītiho;
visuddhañāṇo nikkhaṅkho byākaromi tav'; antike. || Th_331 ||
pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhuṃ visodhitaṃ,
sadattho me anuppatto, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ. || Th_332 ||
appamattassa me sikkhā sussutā tava sāsane;
sabbe me āsavā khīṇā, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo. || Th_333 ||
anusāsi maṃ ariyavatā, anukampī anuggahi;
amogho tuyham ovādo; antevāsi 'mhi sikkhito 'ti. || Th_334 ||
Sumano thero.
Sādhu hi kira me mātā patodaṃ upadaṃsayi,
yassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā anusiṭṭho janettiyā
āraddhaviriyo pahitatto patto sambodhim uttamaṃ. || Th_335 ||
arahā dakkhiṇeyyo 'mhi tevijjo amataddaso;
jitvā Namucino senaṃ viharāmi anāsavo. || Th_336 ||
ajjhattañ ca bahiddhā ca ye me vijjiṃsu āsavā
sabbe asesā ucchinnā na ca uppajjare puna. || Th_337 ||
visāradā kho bhaginī etaṃ atthaṃ abhāsayi:
api hā nūna mayi pi vanatho te na vijjati. || Th_338 ||
pariyantakataṃ dukkhaṃ, antimo 'yaṃ samussayo
jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_339 ||
Vaḍḍho thero.
Atthāya vata me buddho nadiṃ Nerañjaraṃ agā,
yassāhaṃ dhammaṃ sutvāna micchādiṭṭhiṃ vivajja-
yiṃ. || Th_340 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
325 seq. comp. 51.--
331, visuddhiñ- ABC.--
336, comp. 296.--
338, abhāsasi ABC, abhāsayi D.--
339, pariyantakaṃ D.
[page 039]
PAÑCA-NIPĀTO. 39
yajiṃ uccāvace yaññe, aggihuttaṃ juhiṃ ahaṃ
esā suddhīti maññanto andhabhūto puthujjano. || Th_341 ||
diṭṭhigahaṇapakkhanno parāmāsena mohito
asuddhiṃ maññisaṃ suddhiṃ andhabhūto aviddasu. || Th_342 ||
micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā me, bhavā sabbe vidālitā,
juhāmi dakkhiṇeyyaggiṃ, namassāmi tathāgataṃ. || Th_343 ||
mohā sabbe pahīnā me, bhavataṇhā padālitā,
vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_344 ||
Nadīkassapo thero.
Pāto majjhantikaṃ sāyaṃ tikkhattuṃ divasass'; ahaṃ
otariṃ udakaṃ sotaṃ Gayāya Gayaphagguyā. || Th_345 ||
yaṃ mayā pakataṃ pāpaṃ pubbe aññāsu jātisu
tan dānīdha pavāhemi: evaṃdiṭṭhi pure ahuṃ. || Th_346 ||
sutvā subhāsitaṃ vācaṃ dhammatthasahitaṃ padaṃ
tathaṃ yathāvakaṃ atthaṃ yoniso paccavekkhisaṃ. || Th_347 ||
ninhātasabbapāpo 'mhi nimmalo payato suci
suddho suddhassa dāyādo putto buddhassa oraso. || Th_348 ||
ogayh'; aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ sotaṃ sabbapāpaṃ pavāhayiṃ,
tisso vijjā ajjhagamiṃ, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanan ti. || Th_349 ||
Gayākassapo thero.
Vātarogābhinīto tvaṃ viharaṃ kānane vane
paviddhagocare lūkhe kathaṃ bhikkhu karissasi. || Th_350 ||
pītisukhena vipulena pharamāno samussayaṃ
lūkham pi abhisambhonto viharissāmi kānane. || Th_351 ||
bhāvento satipaṭṭhāne indriyāni balāni ca
bojjhaṅgāni ca bhāvento viharissāmi kānane. || Th_352 ||
āraddhaviriye pahitatte niccaṃ daḷhaparakkame
samagge sahite disvā viharissāmi kānane. || Th_353 ||
anussaranto sambuddhaṃ aggadantaṃ samāhitaṃ
atandito rattidivaṃ viharissāmi kānane 'ti. || Th_354 ||
Vakkali thero.
Olaggessāmi te citta āṇidvāre va hatthinaṃ,
na taṃ pāpe niyojessaṃ kāmajāla sarīraja. || Th_355 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
342, -pakkhandho A, -pakkhando B, -pakkhanto C, -pakkhanno D.--
344, ti is wanting in ABC.--
348, payato Da Db, sassato corr. to bhassato A, sassatho B, sassato C.--
suddho suddhassa Da Db, s- buddhassa ABC.--
350 seq. comp. 435 seq.-- 350, pavindagocare B, paviṭṭhagocare ACD
("vissaṭṭhagocare dullabhapaccaye").--
355, sarīrajaṃ AC, sarirajaṃ B, sarīraja Da Db.
[page 040]
40 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
tvaṃ olaggo na gacchisi dvāravivaraṃ gajo va alabhanto,
na ca cittakali punappunaṃ pasahan pāparato carissasi. || Th_356 ||
yathā kuñjaraṃ adantaṃ navaggaham aṅkusaggaho
balavā āvatteti akāmaṃ, evaṃ āvattayissan taṃ. || Th_357 ||
yathā varahayadamakusalo sārathi pavaro dameti ājaññaṃ,
evaṃ damayissan taṃ patiṭṭhito pañcasu balesu. || Th_358 ||
satiyā taṃ nibandhissaṃ, payatatto vo damessāmi;
viriyadhuraniggahīto na yito dūraṃ gamissase cittā 'ti. || Th_359 ||
Vijitaseno thero.
Upārambhacitto dummedho suṇāti jinasāsanaṃ:
ārakā hoti saddhammā nabhaso pathavī yathā. || Th_360 ||
upārambhacitto dummedho suṇāti jinasāsanaṃ:
parihāyati saddhammā kāḷapakkhe va candimā. || Th_361 ||
upārambhacitto dummedho suṇāti jinasāsanaṃ:
parisussati saddhamme maccho appodake yathā. || Th_362 ||
upārambhacitto dummedho suṇāti jinasāsanaṃ:
na virūhati saddhamme khette bījaṃ va pūtikaṃ. || Th_363 ||
yo ca tuṭṭhena cittena suṇāti jinasāsanaṃ
khepetvā āsave sabbe sacchikatvā akuppataṃ,
pappuyya paramaṃ santiṃ parinibbāti anāsavo 'ti. || Th_364 ||
Yasadatto thero.
Upasampadā ca me laddhā, vimutto c'; amhi anāsavo,
so ca me bhagavā diṭṭho, vihāre ca sahāvasiṃ. || Th_365 ||
bahud eva rattiṃ bhagavā abbhokāse 'tināmayi,
vihārakusalo satthā vihāraṃ pāvisī tadā. || Th_366 ||
santharitvāna saṃghāṭiṃ seyyaṃ kappesi Gotamo
sīho selaguhāyaṃ va pahīnabhayabheravo. || Th_367 ||
tato kalyāṇavākkaraṇo sammāsambuddhasāvako
Soṇo abhāsi saddhammaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa sammukhā || Th_368 ||
pañca kkhandhe pariññāya bhāvayitvāna añjasaṃ
pappuyya paramaṃ santiṃ parinibbissaty anāsavo 'ti. || Th_369 ||
Soṇo Kuṭikaṇṇo thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
356, gacchasi ABC, gacchisi Da Db.-- pasakka A, vasakaṃ BC, esabhaṃ Da,
pasahan ti sarabhasaṃ sāhasavasena Db.--
359, payatatto CDa Db, payutto A, paratatto B.-- te damissāmi ABC,
vo vadapessāmi Da, vo damessāmi Db.-- gamissasi Db.--
366, vitināmayi ABC (vīt- C), tināmayi Da, atināmayī vītināmesi
Db. Comp. Mahāvagga V. 13. 9.
[page 041]
PAÑCA-NIPĀTO. 41
Yo ve garūnaṃ vacanaññu dhīro vase ca tamhi janayetha
pemaṃ,
so bhattimā nāma ca hoti paṇḍito ñatvā ca dhammesu
visesi assa. || Th_370 ||
yaṃ āpadā uppatitā uḷārā na kkhambhayante paṭisaṃ-
khayantaṃ,
so thāmavā nāma ca hoti paṇḍito ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi
assa. || Th_371 ||
yo ve samuddo va ṭhito anejo gambhīrapañño nipuṇattha-
dassī,
asaṃhāriyo nāma ca hoti . . . || Th_372 ||
bahussuto dhammadharo ca hoti, dhammassa hoti anudham-
macārī,
so tādiso nāma ca hoti . . . || Th_373 ||
atthañ ca yo jānāti bhāsitassa atthañ ca ñatvāna tathā
karoti,
atthantaro nāma sa hoti paṇḍito ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi
assā 'ti. || Th_374 ||
Kosiyo thero.
Uddānaṃ:
Rājadatto Subhūto ca Girimānanda-Sumano
Vaḍḍho ca Kassapo thero Gayākassapa-Vakkali |
Vijito Yasadatto ca Soṇo Kosiyasavhayo:
saṭṭhi ca pañcagāthāyo, therā ca ettha dvādasā 'ti.
Pañcanipāto.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
370, vatamhi AB, ṭāmhi C, vatavamhi Da, vasena ca tamhi janayetha peman
ti tasmiṃ garūnaṃ vacane ovāde vāseyya Db.--
371, so thāmavā dhitimā ca hoti D.--
374, atthantaro BCDa, atthandharo A, atthantaro atthakāraṇā silādiattha-
jānanamattam eva upanissayaṃ katvā paṇḍito hotīti Db. Comp. dosantaro,
Cullavagga IX. 5. 2.
[page 042]
42 THERA-GATHA.
CHANIPĀTO.
Disvāna pāṭihīrāni Gotamassa yasassino
na tāvāhaṃ paṇipatiṃ issāmānena vañcito. || Th_375 ||
mama saṃkappam aññāya codesi narasārathi,
tato me āsi saṃvego abbhuto lomahaṃsano. || Th_376 ||
pubbe jaṭilabhūtassa yā me iddhi parittikā,
tāhaṃ tadā niraṃkatvā pabbajiṃ jinasāsane. || Th_377 ||
pubbe yaññena santuṭṭho kāmadhātupurakkhato,
pacchā rāgañ ca dosañ ca mohañ cāpi samūhaniṃ. || Th_378 ||
pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhuṃ visodhitaṃ,
iddhimā paracittaññū dibbasotañ ca pāpuṇiṃ. || Th_379 ||
yassa c'; atthāya pabbajito agārasmā anagāriyaṃ,
so me attho anuppatto sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo 'ti. || Th_380 ||
Uruveḷakassapo thero.
Atihitā vīhi, khalagatā sāli, na ca labhe piṇḍaṃ, katham
ahaṃ kassaṃ. || Th_381 ||
buddham appameyyaṃ anussara, pasanno pītiyā phuṭasarīro
hohisi satatam udaggo. || Th_382 ||
dhammam appameyyaṃ --pa-- saṃgham appameyyaṃ
--pa-- || Th_383-384 ||
abbhokāse viharasi, sītā hemantikā imā rattiyo.
mā sītena pareto vihaññittho; pavisa tvaṃ vihāraṃ phusit-
aggaḷaṃ. || Th_385 ||
phusissaṃ catasso appamaññāyo tāhi ca sukhito viharissaṃ;
nāhaṃ sītena vihaññissaṃ aniñjito viharanto 'ti. || Th_386 ||
Tekicchakāni thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
375-376 (except the last four syllables of 376) are wanting in BC.--
375, paṇipātaṃ A.--
377, siddhi ABC, iddhi Da, iddhi . . . lābhasakkāramayaiddhi . . .
keci pan'; ettha iddhīhi [sic] vadanti, tad ayuttan tadā tassa
ajjhānalābhībhāvato Db.--
381, na ca labhe BDa Db, na labhe A, na late C.--
385, phus- A, phuss- BC, phass- D.--
386, phus- A, phuss- BCD.--
386, Tekicchakāri AB, -tari C, -kāni D. "ettha ca Bindusārarañño
kāle imassa therassa uppannattā tatiyasaṃgītiyaṃ imā gāthā
saṃgītā 'ti veditabbā" D.
[page 043]
CHA-NIPĀTO. 43
Yassa sabrahmacārīsu gāravo n'; ūpalabbhati,
parihāyati saddhammā maccho appodake yathā. || Th_387 ||
yassa sabrahmacārīsu . . .
na virūhati saddhamme khette bījaṃ va pūtikaṃ. || Th_388 ||
yassa sabrahmacārīsu . . .
ārakā hoti nibbānā dhammarājassa sāsane. || Th_389 ||
yassa sabrahmacārīsu gāravo upalabbhati,
na vihāyati saddhammā maccho bavhodake yathā. || Th_390 ||
yassa . . .
so virūhati saddhamme khette bījaṃ va bhaddakaṃ. || Th_391 ||
yassa . . .
santike hoti nibbānaṃ dhammarājassa sāsane 'ti. || Th_392 ||
Mahānāgo thero.
Kullo sīvathikaṃ gantvā addasaṃ itthiṃ ujjhitaṃ
apaviddhaṃ susānasmiṃ khajjantiṃ kimihī phuṭaṃ. || Th_393 ||
āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ passa Kulla samussayaṃ
uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ bālānaṃ abhinanditaṃ. || Th_394 ||
dhammādāsaṃ gahetvāna ñāṇadassanapattiyā
paccavekkhiṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ tucchaṃ santarabāhiraṃ. || Th_395 ||
yathā idaṃ tathā etaṃ, yathā etaṃ tathā idaṃ,
yathā adho tathā uddhaṃ, yathā uddhaṃ tathā adho. || Th_396 ||
yathā divā tathā rattiṃ, yathā rattiṃ tathā divā,
yathā pure tathā pacchā, yathā pacchā tathā pure. || Th_397 ||
pañcaṅgikena turiyena na rati hoti tādisī
yathā ekaggacittassa sammā dhammaṃ vipassato 'ti. || Th_398 ||
Kullo thero.
Manujassa pamattacārino taṇhā vaḍḍhati māḷuvā viyā,
so palavatī hurāhuraṃ phalam icchaṃ va vanasmi vā-
naro. || Th_399 ||
yaṃ esā sahatī jammī taṇhā loke visattikā,
sokā tassa pavaḍḍhanti abhivaḍḍhaṃ va bīraṇaṃ. || Th_400 ||
yo ve taṃ sahatī jammiṃ taṇhaṃ loke duraccayaṃ,
sokā tamhā papatanti udabindu va pokkharā. || Th_401 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
393 comp. 315.--
394 sq. comp. Dhammap. Atth. p. 316.--
396, comp. Suttanipāta 202.--
399 seq. see Dhammap. 334 seq.-- plavati AD, palati B, balavati C.--
vanasmiṃ D.--
401, yo ve taṃ D, yo cetaṃ ABC.
[page 044]
44 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
taṃ vo vadāmi bhaddaṃ vo yāvant'; ettha samāgatā:
taṇhāya mūlaṃ khaṇatha usīrattho va bīraṇaṃ,
mā vo naḷaṃ va soto va Māro bhañji punappunaṃ. || Th_402 ||
karotha buddhavacanaṃ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā,
khaṇātītā hi socanti nirayamhi samappitā. || Th_403 ||
pamādo rajo, pamādānupatito rajo;
appamādena vijjāya abbahe sallam attano 'ti. || Th_404 ||
Māluṅkyaputto thero.
Paṇṇavīsativassāni yato pabbajito ahaṃ
accharāsaṃghātamattam pi cetosantim anajjhagaṃ. || Th_405 ||
aladdhā cittass'; ekaggaṃ kāmarāgena addito
bāhā paggayha kandanto vihārān upanikkhamiṃ. || Th_406 ||
satthaṃ vā āharissāmi, ko attho jīvitena me,
kathaṃ hi sikkhaṃ paccakkhaṃ kālaṃ kubbetha mā-
diso. || Th_407 ||
tadāhaṃ khuram ādāya mañcakamhi upāvisiṃ;
parinīto khuro āsi dhamaniṃ chettum attano. || Th_408 ||
tato me . . . (409,410 = 269,270) || Th_409-410 ||
Sappadāsatthero.
Uṭṭhāhi nisīda Kātiyāna mā niddābahulo ahu jāgarassu,
mā taṃ alasaṃ pamattabandhu kūṭeneva jinātu maccu-
rājā. || Th_411 ||
sayathāpi mahāsamuddavego evaṃ jātijarātivattate taṃ,
so karohi sudīpam attano tvaṃ, na hi tāṇaṃ tava vijjateva
aññaṃ. || Th_412 ||
satthā hi vijesi maggam etaṃ saṅgā jātijarābhayā atītaṃ;
pubbāpararattam appamatto anuyuñjassu daḷhaṃ karohi
yogaṃ. || Th_413 ||
purimāni pamuñca bandhanāni saṃghāṭīkhuramuṇḍabhi-
kkhabhojī,
mā khiḍḍāratiñ ca mā niddaṃ anuyuñjittha jhiyāya
Kātiyāna. || Th_414 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
402, bhaddaṃ vo AD, bhaddante BC.--
403, comp. Dhammap. 315.--
404 (= Suttanipāta 333), after rajo A inserts sabbadā, BC pamādā;
deest in Da Db. abbahe Da Db, abbuhe AB, apphuhe C.--
405, accharāsaṃghātam- AC, accharāghātam- BDa Db. Comp. Milindap.
p. 142.--
406, ekaggataṃ Db.-- vihārā Da Db.--
410, Sabbadāsath- A. Sapp- B, Sabbadāro th- C, aparassa Sappadā-
sattherassa D.--
412, seyy- ABC, sayathāpi Da Db.-- purisaṃ ABC, sudīpaṃ Da,
arahattaphalasaṃkhātaṃ sudīpaṃ attano karohi Db.--
414, jhāya A, jiyāya BC, jhiyāya D.
[page 045]
CHA-NIPĀTO. 45
jhāyāhi jināhi Kātiyāna, yogakkhemapathe sukovido 'si;
pappuyya anuttaraṃ visuddhiṃ parinibbāhisi vārinā va
joti. || Th_415 ||
pajjotakaro paritaraṃso vātena vinamyate latā va;
evam pi tuvaṃ anādiyāno Māraṃ Indasagotta niddhunāhi.
so vedayitāsu vītarāgo kālaṃ kaṅkha idh'; eva sītibhūto
'ti. || Th_416 ||
Kātiyāno thero.
Sudesito cakkhumatā buddhenādiccabandhunā
sabbasaṃyojanātīto sabbavaṭṭavināsano || Th_417 ||
niyyāniko uttaraṇo taṇhāmūlavisosano,
visamūlaṃ āghātanaṃ chetvā pāpeti nibbutiṃ, || Th_418 ||
aññāṇamūlabhedāya kammayantavighāṭano
viññāṇānaṃ pariggahe ñāṇavajiranipātano || Th_419 ||
vedanānaṃ viññāpano upādānappamocano
bhavaṃ aṅgārakāsuṃ va ñāṇena anupassako || Th_420 ||
mahāraso sugambhīro jarāmaccunivāraṇo
ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo dukkhūpasamano sivo || Th_421 ||
kammaṃ kamman ti ñatvāna vipākañ ca vipākato
paṭiccuppannadhammānaṃ yathāvālokadassano
mahākhemaṃgamo santo pariyosānabhaddako 'ti. || Th_422 ||
Migajālo thero.
Jātimadena matto 'haṃ bhogaissariyena ca
saṇṭhāṇavaṇṇarūpena madamatto acāri 'haṃ. || Th_423 ||
nāttano samakaṃ kañci atirekaṃ ca maññisaṃ
atimānahato bālo patthaddho ussitaddhajo. || Th_424 ||
mātaraṃ pitarañ cāpi aññe pi garusammate
na kañci abhivādesiṃ mānatthaddho anādaro. || Th_425 ||
disvā vināyakaṃ aggaṃ sārathīnaṃ varuttamaṃ
tapantam iva ādiccam bhikkhusaṃghapurakkhataṃ || Th_426 ||
mānaṃ madañ ca chaḍḍetvā vippasannena cetasā
sirasā abhivādesiṃ sabbasattānam uttamaṃ. || Th_427 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
416, vinappate A, vinappatte BC, vinamyate Da Db ("vinamīyati apanī-
yati").--
419, -vipāṭano ABC, -vighāṭano Da Db.--
420, anupassano ABC, anupassako Da Db.--
422, yāthāvālokadassano A, yathāpālok- C, yathāvālok- BDa, yāthāvato
ālokadassano Db.-- sante ABC, santo Da Db.--
423, acārihaṃ D, vicarihaṃ A, vicaritaṃ B, picaritaṃ C.
[page 046]
46 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
atimāno ca omāno pahīnā susamūhatā;
asmimāno samucchinno, sabbe mānavidhā hatā 'ti. || Th_428 ||
Jento purohitaputto thero.
Yadā navo pabbajito jātiyā sattavassiko,
iddhiyā abhibhotvāna pannagindaṃ mahiddhikaṃ || Th_429 ||
upajjhayassa udakaṃ Anotattā mahāsarā
āharāmi, tato disvā maṃ satthā etad abravī: || Th_430 ||
Sāriputta imaṃ passa āgacchantaṃ kumārakaṃ
udakumbhakam ādāya ajjhattaṃ susamāhitaṃ. || Th_431 ||
pāsādikena vattena kalyāṇairiyāpatho
sāmaṇero 'nuruddhassa iddhiyā ca visārado, || Th_432 ||
ājāniyena ājañño sādhunā sādhukārito
vinīto Anuruddhena katakiccena sikkhito: || Th_433 ||
so patvā pāramaṃ santiṃ sacchikatvā akuppataṃ
sāmaṇero sa Sumano mā maṃ jaññā 'ti icchatīti. || Th_434 ||
Sumano thero.
Vātarogābhinīto tvaṃ viharaṃ kānane vane
paviddhagocare lūkhe kathaṃ bhikkhu karissasi. || Th_435 ||
pūtisukhena vipulena pharitvāna samussayaṃ
lūkham pi abhisambhonto viharissāmi kānane. || Th_436 ||
bhāvento satta bojjhaṅge indriyāni balāni ca
jhānasokhummasamupanno viharissaṃ anāsavo. || Th_437 ||
vippamuttaṃ kilesehi suddhacittaṃ anāvilaṃ
abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhanto viharissaṃ anāsavo. || Th_438 ||
ajjhattañ ca bahiddhā ca ye me vijjiṃsu āsavā
sabbe asesā ucchinnā na ca uppajjare puna. || Th_439 ||
pañca kkhandhā pariññātā tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā,
dukkhakkhayo anuppatto, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo
'ti. || Th_440 ||
Nhātakamuni thero.
Akkodhassa kuto kodho dantassa samajīvino
sammadaññāvimuttassa upasantassa tādino. || Th_441 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
428, sabbe ABDa Db, sabba C.--
429, pannagindaṃ Da Db, sannabhindaṃ A, sannabhinda BC.--
434, jaññā ti icchatīti Da Db, jaññū ti icchasīti ABC.--
435 seq. comp. 350 seq.--
435, paviṭṭhagocare A, paviddhagocare (-caro C) BC, paciddho-
(corr. to -ddhā-) gocare Da.--
437, jhānasokhummas- Da Db, jhānasukhamas- A, jhānasukhūmas- C,
jhānasukhumas- B.
[page 047]
CHA-NIPĀTO. 47
tass'; eva tena pāpiyyo yo kudhaṃ paṭikujjhati;
kuddhaṃ appaṭikujjhanto saṃgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ. || Th_442 ||
ubhinnam atthaṃ carati attano ca parassa ca,
paraṃ saṃkupitaṃ ñatvā yo sato upasammati. || Th_443 ||
ubhinnaṃ tikicchantan taṃ attano ca parassa ca
janā maññanti bālo 'ti ye dhammassa akovidā. || Th_444 ||
uppajjate sace kodhe, āvajja kakacūpamaṃ;
uppajje ce rase taṇhā, puttamaṃsūpamaṃ sara. || Th_445 ||
sace dhāvati te cittaṃ kāmesu ca bhavesu ca,
khippaṃ niggaṇha satiyā kiṭṭhādaṃ viya duppasun ti. || Th_446 ||
Brahmadatto thero.
Channam ativassati, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati:
tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evan taṃ nātivassati. || Th_447 ||
maccun'; abbhāhato loko, jarāya parivārito,
taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, icchādhūpāyito sadā. || Th_448 ||
maccun'; abbhāhato loko parikkhitto jarāya ca,
haññati niccam attāṇo pattadaṇḍo va takkaro. || Th_449 ||
āgacchant'; aggikhandhā va maccubyādhijarā tayo,
paccuggantuṃ balaṃ n'; atthi, javo n'; atthi palāyi-
tuṃ. || Th_450 ||
amoghaṃ divasaṃ kayirā appena bahukena vā;
yaṃ yaṃ vijahate rattiṃ tadūnan tassa jīvitaṃ. || Th_451 ||
carato tiṭṭhato vāpi āsīnasayanassa vā
upeti carimā ratti, na te kālo pamajjitun ti. || Th_452 ||
Sirimaṇḍo thero.
Dipādako 'yam asuci duggandho parihīrati
nānākuṇapaparipūro vissavanto tato tato. || Th_453 ||
migaṃ nilīnaṃ kūṭena baliseneva ambujaṃ
vānaraṃ viya lepena bādhayanti puthujjanaṃ || Th_454 ||
rūpā saddā rasā gandhā phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā:
pañca kāmaguṇā ete itthirūpasmiṃ dissare. || Th_455 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
442, pāpiyo the MSS.--
444, tikicchantānaṃ ABCDa, tikicchantan ti attano ca parassa
cā 'ti . . . kodhabyādhitikicchaya [sic] tikicchantaṃ khamantaṃ
puggalaṃ Db.--
446, niggayha ABC, niggaṇha Da Db.--
447, comp. Cullavagga IX. 1. 4.-- vivaṭṭaṃ ABC, vivaṭaṃ D.--
449, satthadaṇḍo A, satt- BC, patt- Da Db.--
451, vijahate A, vijahata BC, viharate Da, vivahate and viṭahate
("atināmeti khepeti") Db. vivasate?-- Sirimandatth- D.--
453 (= Suttanip. 204), pariharati ABC, -hīrati Da Db.--
-patipūro Da Db.
[page 048]
48 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
ye etā upasevanti rattacittā puthujjanā,
vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṃ ghoraṃ ācinanti punabbhavaṃ. || Th_456 ||
yo vetā parivajjeti sappasseva padā siro,
so 'maṃ visattikaṃ loke sato samativattati. || Th_457 ||
kāmesv ādīnavaṃ disvā nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato
nissaṭo sabbakāmehi, patto me āsavakkhayo 'ti. || Th_458 ||
Sabbakāmo thero.
uddānaṃ:
Uruveḷakassapo ca thero Tekicchakāni ca
Mahānāgo ca Kullo ca Māluto Sappadāsako |
Kātiyāno ca Migajālo Jento Sumanasavhayo
Nhātamuni Brahmadatto Sirimaṇḍo Sabbakāmako.
gāthāyo caturāsīti, therā c'; ettha catuddasā 'ti.
Chanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
456, comp. Cullavagga XII. 1. 3.--
457 (comp. Suttanip. 768), cetā ABC, vetā Da Db.--
458, nikkhammaṃ (-maṃ A) ABC nekkhammaṃ Da Db.--
Uddāna: Māluto AB, Māḷuto C. Read, Māḷuṅkyo?-- Sabbadāsako AC, Sapp- B.
[page 049]
SATTA-NIPĀTO. 49
SATTANIPĀTO.
Alaṃkatā suvasanā māladhārī vibhūsitā
alattakakatāpādā pādukāruyha vesikā || Th_459 ||
pādukā oruhitvāna purato pañjalīkatā
sā maṃ saṇhena mudunā mhitapubbaṃ abhāsatha: || Th_460 ||
yuvāsi tvaṃ pabbajito, tiṭṭhāhi mama sāsane,
bhuñja mānusake kāme, ahaṃ vittaṃ dadāmi te.
saccan te paṭijānāmi, aggiṃ vā te harām'; ahaṃ. || Th_461 ||
yadā jiṇṇā bhavissāma ubho daṇḍaparāyanā,
ubho pi pabbajissāma, ubhayattha kaṭaggaho. || Th_462 ||
tañ ca disvāna yācantiṃ vesikaṃ pañjalīkataṃ
alaṃkataṃ suvasanaṃ maccupāsaṃ va oḍḍitaṃ, || Th_463 ||
tato me . . . (= 269,270) || Th_464-465 ||
Sundarasamuddo thero.
Pare Ambāṭakārāme vanasaṇḍamhi Bhaddiyo
samūlaṃ taṇham abbuyha tattha bhaddo jhiyāyati. || Th_466 ||
ramant'; eke mutiṅgehi vīṇāhi paṇavehi ca,
ahañ ca rukkhamūlasmiṃ rato buddhassa sāsane. || Th_467 ||
buddho ca me varaṃ dajjā so ca labbhetha me varo,
gaṇhe 'haṃ sabbalokassa niccaṃ kāyagatāsatiṃ. || Th_468 ||
ye maṃ rūpena pāmiṃsu ye ca ghosena anvagū
chandarāgavasūpetā na maṃ jānanti te janā. || Th_469 ||
ajjhattañ ca na jānāti bahiddhā ca na passati
samantāvaraṇo bālo, sa ve ghosena vuyhati. || Th_470 ||
ajjhattañ ca na jānāti bahiddhā ca vipassati
bahiddhāphaladassāvī, so pi ghosena vuyhati. || Th_471 ||
ajjhattañ ca pajānāti bahiddhā ca vipassati
anāvaraṇadassāvī, na so ghosena vuyhatīti. || Th_472 ||
Lakuṇṭako thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
459, mālabhārī Da Db.--
466, jhiyāyati Da, jhīyāyati Db, va jhāyati A, jhāyāyati C,
ca bhayāyati B.--
467, pāpiṃsu A, pāpisu BC, pāmiṃsu ("maññiṃsu") Da Db.--
471, vipassati Da Db, na passati ABC.
[page 050]
50 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Ekaputto ahaṃ āsiṃ piyo mātu piyo pitu
bahūhi vatacariyāhi laddho āyācanāhi ca. || Th_473 ||
te ca maṃ anukampāya atthakāmā hitesino
ubho pitā ca mātā ca buddhassa upanāmayuṃ: || Th_474 ||
kicchā laddho ayaṃ putto sukhumālo sukhedito,
imaṃ dadāma te nātha jinassa paricārakaṃ. || Th_475 ||
satthā ca maṃ paṭiggayha Ānandaṃ etad abravi:
pabbājehi imaṃ khippaṃ, hessaty ājāniyo ayaṃ. || Th_476 ||
pabbājetvāna maṃ satthā vihāraṃ pāvisī jino;
anoggatasmiṃ suriyasmiṃ tato cittaṃ vimucci me. || Th_477 ||
tato satthā niraṃkatvā paṭisallānavuṭṭhito
ehi Bhaddā 'ti maṃ āha; sā me ās'; ūpasampadā. || Th_478 ||
jātiyā sattavassena laddhā me upasampadā;
tisso vijjā anuppattā: aho dhammasudhammatā 'ti. || Th_479 ||
Bhaddo thero.
Disvā pāsādachāyāyaṃ caṅkamantaṃ naruttamaṃ
tattha naṃ upasaṃkamma vandissaṃ purisuttamaṃ. || Th_480 ||
ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā saṃharitvāna pāṇiyo
anucaṅkamissaṃ virajaṃ sabbasattānam uttamaṃ. || Th_481 ||
tato pañhe apucchi maṃ pañhānaṃ kovido vidū,
acchambhī ca abhīto ca byākāsiṃ satthuno ahaṃ. || Th_482 ||
vissajjitesu pañhesu anumodi tathāgato,
bhikkhusaṃghaṃ viloketvā imam atthaṃ abhāsatha: || Th_483 ||
lābhā Aṅgāna Magadhānaṃ yesāyaṃ paribhuñjati
cīvaraṃ piṇḍapātañ ca paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ
paccuṭṭhānañ ca sāmīciṃ, tesaṃ lābhā 'ti c'; abravī. || Th_484 ||
ajjadagge maṃ Sopāka dassanāyopasaṃkama,
esā c'; eva te Sopāka bhavatu upasampadā. || Th_485 ||
jātiyā sattavasso 'haṃ laddhāna upasampadaṃ
dhāremi antimaṃ dehaṃ: aho dhammasudhammatā
'ti. || Th_486 ||
Sopāko thero.
Sare hatthehi bhañjitvā katvāna kuṭim acchisaṃ,
tena me Sarabhaṅgo 'ti nāmaṃ sammutiyā ahū. || Th_487 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
481, saṃgharitvāna ABD, saṃh- C.--
482, apucchī maṃ?--
484, Aṅgānaṃ ABC, Angāna D.--
485, ajjadagge A, -daggo C, -dhaggo B, -tagge Da. Db: ajjatagge (sic)
ti dakāro (sic) padasandhikaro . . . ajjatagge ti pi pāḷiyaṃ.--
487, bhuñjitvā ABC, bhañj- Da Db.
[page 051]
SATTA-NIPĀTO. 51
na mayhaṃ kappate ajja sare hatthehi bhañjituṃ,
sikkhāpadā no paññattā Gotamena yasassinā. || Th_488 ||
sakalaṃ samattaṃ rogaṃ Sarabhaṅgo nāddasaṃ pubbe,
so 'yaṃ rogo diṭṭho vacanakarenātidevassa. || Th_489 ||
yen'; eva maggena gato Vipassī yen'; eva maggena Sikhī ca
Vessabhū
Kakusandhakoṇāgamano ca Kassapo ten'; añjasena agamāsi
Gotamo. || Th_490 ||
vītataṇhā anādānā satta buddhā khayogadhā,
yeh'; ayaṃ desito dhammo dhamabhūtehi tādihi || Th_491 ||
cattāri ariyasaccāni anukampāya pāṇinaṃ,
dukkhaṃ samudayo maggo nirodho dukkhasaṃkhayo. || Th_492 ||
yasmiṃ nibbattate dukkhaṃ saṃsārasmiṃ anantakaṃ
bhedā imassa kāyassa jīvitassa ca saṃkhayā
añño punabbavo n'; atthi, suvimutto 'mhi sabbadhīti. || Th_493 ||
Sarabhaṅgo thero.
uddānaṃ:
Sundarasamuddo thero thero Lakuṇṭabhaddiyo
Bhaddo thero ca Sopāko Sarabhaṅgo mahā isi:
Sattake pañcakā therā, gāthāyo pañcatiṃsatīti.
Niṭṭhito ca Sattanipāto.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
488, bhuñjituṃ ABC, bhañj- Da Db.--
491, yehayaṃ Da Db, yesāyaṃ ABC.-- tādibhi A.
[page 052]
52 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
AṬṬHANIPĀTO.
Kammaṃ bahukaṃ na kāraye, parivajjeyya janaṃ, na
uyyame;
so ussuko rasānugiddho atthaṃ riñcati yo sukhādhi-
vāho. || Th_494 ||
paṅko 'ti hi naṃ avedayuṃ yāyaṃ vandanapūjanā kulesu,
sukhumaṃ sallaṃ durubbahaṃ, sakkāro kāpurisena
dujjaho. || Th_495 ||
na parass'; upanidhāya kammaṃ maccassa pāpakaṃ
attanā taṃ na seveyya, kammabandhū hi mātiyā. || Th_496 ||
na pare vacanā coro, na pare vacanā muni;
attānañ ca yathā veti devāpi naṃ tathā vidu. || Th_497 ||
pare ca na vijānanti mayam ettha yamāmase;
ye ca tattha vijānanti, tato sammanti medhagā. || Th_498 ||
jīvatevāpi sappañño api vittaparikkhayā,
paññāya ca alābhena vittavāpi na jīvati. || Th_499 ||
sabbaṃ suṇāti sotena, sabbaṃ passati cakkhunā,
na ca diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ dhīro sabbam ujjhitum arahati. || Th_500 ||
cakkhum'; assa yathā andho, sotavā badhiro yathā,
paññāv'; assa yathā mūgo, balavā dubbalor'; iva,
atha atthe samuppanne sayetha matasāyikan ti. || Th_501 ||
Mahākaccāyano thero.
Akkodhano anupanāhī amāyo rittapesuṇo
sa ve tādisako bhikkhu evaṃ pecca na socati. || Th_502 ||
akkodhano anupanāhī amāyo rittapesuṇo
guttadvāro sadā bhikkhu evaṃ pecca na socati. || Th_503 ||
akkodhano . . .
kalyāṇasīlo yo bhikkhu evaṃ pecca na socati. || Th_504 ||
akkodhano . . .
kalyāṇamitto yo bhikkhu evaṃ pecca na socati. || Th_505 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
494, comp. 1052, 1072.-- yo BD, deest in AC.-- sukhādivāho AC,
sukhādhivāho B, sukhādhivāso Da, sukhādhivāho Db.--
495 (= 1053), aved- Da Db, paved- ABC.
496, maccassa pāpakaṃ Da Db, paccayapāpakaṃ ABC.--
497, vedi ABC, veti D.-- tathā vidu Da Db, yathā v- ABC.--
498, see 275.--
501, (= Milindapañha, p. 367) passetha ABC, sayetha Da Db.--
504-506, so bhikkhu D.
[page 053]
AṬṬHA-NIPĀTO. 53
akkodhano . . .
kalyāṇapañño yo bhikkhu evaṃ pecca na socati. || Th_506 ||
yassa saddhā tathāgate acalā supatiṭṭhitā,
sīlañ ca yassa kalyāṇaṃ ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ, || Th_507 ||
saṃghe pasādo yass'; atthi ujubhūtañ ca dassanaṃ,
adaḷiddo 'ti taṃ āhu, amoghan tassa jīvitaṃ. || Th_508 ||
tasmā saddhañ ca sīlañ ca pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ
anuyuñjetha medhāvī saraṃ buddhāna sāsanan ti. || Th_509 ||
Sirimitto thero.
Yadā paṭhamam addakkhiṃ satthāraṃ akutobhayaṃ,
tato me ahu saṃvego passitvā purisuttamaṃ. || Th_510 ||
siriṃ hatthehi pādehi yo paṇāmeyya āgataṃ,
etādisaṃ so satthāraṃ ārādhetvā virādhaye. || Th_511 ||
tadāhaṃ puttadārañ ca dhanadhaññañ ca chaḍḍayiṃ,
kesamassūni chedetvā pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ. || Th_512 ||
sikkhāsājīvasampanno indriyesu susaṃvuto
namassamāno sambuddhaṃ vihāsiṃ aparājito. || Th_513 ||
tato me paṇidhī āsi cetaso abhipatthito:
na nisīde muhuttam pi taṇhāsalle anūhate. || Th_514 ||
tassa mevaṃ viharato passa viriyaparakkamaṃ,
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ. || Th_515 ||
pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhuṃ visodhitaṃ,
arahā dakkhiṇeyyo 'mhi vippamutto nirūpadhi. || Th_516 ||
tato ratyā vivasane suriyass'; uggamanaṃ pati
sabbaṃ taṇhaṃ visosetva pallaṅkena upāvisin ti. || Th_517 ||
Mahāpanthako thero.
uddānaṃ:
Mahākaccāyano thero Sirimitto Mahāpanthako
ete Aṭṭhanipātamhi, gāthāyo catuvīsatīti.
Aṭṭhanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
512, yadāhaṃ ABC, tadāhaṃ Da Db.--
512, chaṭṭayiṃ A, channayi BC, chaḍḍiya Da, chaḍḍayin ti . . .
chaḍḍiyā 'ti pāṭhe, etc. Db.--
515 = 224 etc.--
516, see 332, 379.--
517 (comp. 628, Suttanipāta 710), vivasāne AB, vasānesu C,
vivasane Da Db.-- sūriyuggam- ABC (sur- C), suriyassuggam- Da Db.--
visosetvā ABC, visodhetvā Da, visodhetvā sukkhāpetvā Db.--
Mahāpant- A, Mahāpaṇṇ- C, Patāpant- B, Mahāpanth- D.--
Uddāna : Mahāpant- A, Mahāpaṇḍ- B, Mahāpatth- C.
[page 054]
54 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
NAVANIPĀTO.
Yadā dukkhaṃ jarāmaraṇan ti paṇḍito aviddasū yattha sitā
puthujjanā
dukkhaṃ pariññāya sato 'va jhāyati, tato ratiṃ parama-
taraṃ na vindati. || Th_518 ||
yadā dukkhassāvahaniṃ visattikaṃ papañcasaṃghāṭadu-
khādhivāhaniṃ
taṇhaṃ pahatvāna sato 'va jhāyati, tato ratiṃ paramataraṃ
na vindati. || Th_519 ||
yadā sivaṃ dvecaturaṅgagāminaṃ magguttamaṃ sabbaki-
lesasodhanaṃ
paññāya passitvā sato 'va jhāyati, tato . . . || Th_520 ||
yadā asokaṃ virajaṃ asaṃkhataṃ santaṃ padaṃ sabba-
kilesasodhanaṃ
bhāveti saññojanabandhanacchidaṃ, tato . . . || Th_521 ||
yadā nabhe gajjati meghadundubhi dhārākulā vihaṅga-
pathe samantato
bhikkhu ca pabbhāragato 'va jhāyati, tato . . . || Th_522 ||
yadā nadīnaṃ kusumākulānaṃ vicittavāneyyavaṭaṃsa-
kānaṃ
tīre nisinno sumano 'va jhāyati, tato . . . || Th_523 ||
yadā nisīthe rahitamhi kānane deve gaḷantamhi nadanti
dāṭhino
bhikkhu ca pabbhāragato 'va jhāyati, tato . . . || Th_524 ||
yadā vitakke uparundhiy'; attano nagantare nagavivaraṃ
samassito
vītaddaro vigatakhilo 'va jhāyati, tato . . . || Th_525 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
518, ti deest in ABC.--
518, sato dha (here and in the following verses) A, sato ca, sato ti,
sato va BC, sato va D.--
522, -dudrabhi ABC (-bhī B), -dundubhī Da, -dundubhi Db.--
524, nisīve AC, nisive B, nisīthe Da Db.--
525, vitakhilo ABC, vigatakhilo (-khile Db) Da Db.
[page 055]
NAVA-NIPĀTO. 55
yadā sukhī malakhilasokanāsano niraggalo nibbanatho
visallo
sabbāsave byantikato 'va jhāyati, tato ratiṃ paramataraṃ
na vindatīti. || Th_526 ||
Bhūto thero.
uddānaṃ:
Bhūto tathaddaso thero eko khaggavisāṇavā
Navakamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyo pi imā navā 'ti.
Navanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Uddāna : tathaddaso BC, tataddaso A.
[page 056]
56 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
DASANIPĀTO.
Aṅgārino dāni dumā bhadante phalesino chadanaṃ vippa-
hāya,
te accimanto va pabhāsayanti, samayo mahāvīra bhagī
rasānaṃ. || Th_527 ||
dumāni phullāni manoramāni samantato sabbadisā pavanti
pattaṃ pahāya phalam āsasānā; kālo ito pakkamanāya
vīra. || Th_528 ||
n'; evātisītaṃ na panātiuṇhaṃ sukhā utu addhaniyā
bhadante;
passantu taṃ Sākiyā Koḷiyā ca pacchāmukhaṃ Rohiṇiyaṃ
tarantaṃ. || Th_529 ||
āsāya kassate khettaṃ, bījaṃ āsāya vuppati,
āsāya vāṇijā yanti samuddaṃ dhanahārakā
yāya āsāya tiṭṭhāmi, sā me āsā samijjhatu. || Th_530 ||
punappunaṃ c'; eva vapanti bījaṃ, punappunaṃ vassati
devarājā,
punappunaṃ khettaṃ kasanti kassakā, punappunaṃ
dhaññam upeti raṭṭhaṃ. || Th_531 ||
punappunaṃ yācanakā caranti, punappunaṃ dānapatī
dadanti,
punappunaṃ dānapatī daditvā punappunaṃ saggam upenti
ṭhānaṃ. || Th_532 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
527, see Jātaka Atth. vol. i. p. 87.-- acchimanto ABC, accimanto
("dīpasikhāvanto viya") Da Db.-- bhāgirasānaṃ A. Db : bhagī rasānan
ti attharasādīnaṃ bhāgī. vuttaṃ h'; etaṃ dhammasenāpatinā : bhāgī vā
bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassā tiādī. mahāvīra bhāgīti ca idam
pi dvayaṃ sambodhanavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Bhāgīrathānan ti pana pāṭhe
Bhagīratho nāma ādīrājā, tabbaṃsajātatāya Sākiyā Bhagīrathā, tesaṃ
Bhagīrathānaṃ upakāratthaṃ iti adhippāyo.--
528, savanti ABC, pavanti Da Db (gandhaṃ vissajjenti).-- phalam
āsamānā A, phalassa C, phalarasamānā B, phalam āsasānā Da, . . .
āsanā ti āsiṃsantā gahitukāmā Db.--
530, kasate Da Db, kassate ABC.-- vuppati Da Db, vapp- ABC.
[page 057]
DASA-NIPĀTO. 57
vīro have sattayugaṃ puneti yasmiṃ kule jāyati bhūri-
pañño;
maññām'; ahaṃ sakkati devadevo; tayā hi jāto muni sacca-
nāmo. || Th_533 ||
Suddhodano nāma pitā mahesino, buddhassa mātā pana
Māyanāmā
yā bodhisattaṃ parihariya kucchinā kāyassa bhedā tidi-
vasmi modati. || Th_534 ||
sā Gotamī kālakatā ito cutā dibbehi kāmehi samaṅgibhūtā
sā modati kāmaguṇehi pañcahi parivāritā devagaṇehi
tehi. || Th_535 ||
buddhassa putto 'mhi asayhasāhino Aṅgīrasass'; appaṭimassa
tādino,
pitu pitā mayhaṃ tuvaṃ 'si Sakka, dhammena me Gotama
ayyako 'sīti. || Th_536 ||
Kāḷudāyī thero.
Purato pacchato vāpi aparo ce na vijjati,
atīva phāsu bhavati ekassa vasato vane. || Th_537 ||
handa eko gamissāmi araññaṃ buddhavaṇṇitaṃ
phāsuṃ ekavihārissa pahitattassa bhikkhuno. || Th_538 ||
yogipītikaraṃ rammaṃ mattakuñjarasevitaṃ
eko atthavasī khippaṃ pavisissāmi kānanaṃ. || Th_539 ||
supupphite Sītavane sītale girikandare
gattāni parisiñcitvā caṅkamissāmi ekako. || Th_540 ||
ekākiyo adutiyo ramaṇīye mahāvane
kadāhaṃ viharissāmi katakicco anāsavo. || Th_541 ||
evaṃ me kattukāmassa adhippāyo samijjhatu;
sādhayissām'; ahaṃ yeva, nañño aññassa kārako. || Th_542 ||
esa bandhāmi sannāhaṃ, pavisissāmi kānanaṃ,
ne tato nikkhamissāmi appatto āsavakkhayaṃ. || Th_543 ||
mālute upavāyante sīte surabhigandhake
avijjaṃ dālayissāmi nisinno nagamuddhani. || Th_544 ||
vane kusumasañchanne pabbhāre nūna sītale
vimuttisukhena sukhito ramissāmi Giribbaje. || Th_545 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
533, dhīro BC.-- maññāmahaṃ ("maññāmi ahaṃ") Da Db, maññemahaṃ ABC.--
534, Māyānāpasā A, Māyānāmasā B, Māyanāmāsā C, Māyanāmā yā D.--
536, dhammena me D, dhammena te ABC.--
538, gamissāmi Da Db, bhavissāmi ABC.
[page 058]
58 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
so 'haṃ paripuṇṇasaṃkappo cando pannaraso yathā
sabbāsavaparikkhīṇo, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. || Th_546 ||
Ekavihāriyo thero.
Anāgataṃ yo paṭigacca passati hitañ ca atthaṃ ahitañ ca
taṃ dvayaṃ
viddesino tassa hitesino vā randhaṃ na passanti samekkha-
mānā. || Th_547 ||
ānāpānasatī yassa paripuṇṇā subhāvitā
anupubbaṃ paricitā yathā buddhena desitā,
so 'maṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti abbhā mutto va candimā. || Th_548 ||
odātaṃ vata me cittaṃ appamāṇaṃ subhāvitaṃ
nibbiddhaṃ paggahītañ ca sabbā obhāsate disā. || Th_549 ||
jīvatevāpi sappañño api vittaparikkhayā,
paññāya ca alābhena vittavāpi na jīvati. || Th_550 ||
paññā sutavinicchinī, paññā kittisilokavaddhanī,
paññāsahito naro idha api dukkhesu sukhāni vinda-
ti. || Th_551 ||
nāyaṃ ajjatano dhammo n'; acchero na pi abbhuto:
yattha jāyetha mīyetha; tattha kiṃ viya abbhutaṃ. || Th_552 ||
anantaraṃ hi jātassa jīvitā maraṇaṃ dhuvaṃ;
jātā jātā marantīdha, evaṃdhammā hi pāṇino. || Th_553 ||
na h'; etad atthāya matassa hoti yaṃ jīvitatthaṃ para-
porisānaṃ
matamhi ruṇṇaṃ, na yaso na lokyaṃ, na vaṇṇitaṃ samaṇa-
brāhmaṇehi. || Th_554 ||
cakkhuṃ sarīraṃ upahanti roṇṇaṃ, nihīyatī vaṇṇabalaṃ
matī ca,
ānandino tassa divā bhavanti, hitesino nāssa sukhī
bhavanti. || Th_555 ||
tasmā hi iccheyya kule vasante medhāvino c'; eva ba-
hussute ca,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
546, canne raso A, cando paṇṇaraso C, cando pannaraso BD. Dhammap.
Atth. p. 161 : cando pannarasī; Suttanipāta 1016 : candaṃ yathā
pannarase.--
547, vā deest in ABC.--
554, lokyaṃ Da Db, sokyaṃ, ABC.--
555, roṇāṃ Da, ruṇṇaṃ (ronṇena . . . nihīyati) Db, tena A, vaṇṇaṃ BC.--
nāssa sunda (corr. to sukhī) A, nāvasathamhi C, nāvassa thumi B,
cassa sukhī Da, hitesino mittā dukkhī dukkhitā bhavanti Db.
[page 059]
DASA-NIPĀTO. 59
yesaṃ hi paññāvibhavena kiccaṃ taranti nāvāya nadiṃ va
puṇṇan ti. || Th_556 ||
Mahākappino thero.
Dandhā mayhaṃ gatī āsi, paribhūto pure ahaṃ,
bhātā ca maṃ paṇāmesi: gaccha dāni tuvaṃ gharaṃ. || Th_557 ||
so 'haṃ paṇāmito santo saṃghārāmassa koṭṭhake
dummano tattha aṭṭhāsiṃ sāsanasmiṃ apekkhavā. || Th_558 ||
bhagavā tattha āgacchi, sīsaṃ mayhaṃ parāmasi,
bāhāya maṃ gahetvāna saṃghārāmaṃ pavesayi. || Th_559 ||
anukampāya me satthā pādāsi pādapuñchaniṃ:
etaṃ suddhaṃ adhiṭṭhehi ekamantaṃ svadhiṭṭhitaṃ. || Th_560 ||
tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā vihāsiṃ sāsane rato,
samādhiṃ paṭipādesiṃ uttamatthassa pattiyā. || Th_561 ||
pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhuṃ visodhitaṃ,
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ. || Th_562 ||
sahassakkhattum attānaṃ nimminitvāna Panthako
nisīdi ambavane ramme yāva kālappavedanaṃ. || Th_563 ||
tato me satthā pāhesi dūtaṃ kālappavedakaṃ;
paveditamhi kālamhi vehāsān upasaṃkamiṃ. || Th_564 ||
vanditvā satthuno pāde ekamantaṃ nisīd'; ahaṃ;
nisinnaṃ maṃ viditvāna atha satthā paṭiggahi. || Th_565 ||
āyāgo sabbalokassa āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho
puññakhettaṃ manussānaṃ paṭigaṇhittha dakkhiṇan
ti. || Th_566 ||
Cūḷapanthako thero.
Nānākulamalasampuṇṇo mahāukkārasambhavo
candanikaṃ va paripakkaṃ mahāgaṇḍo mahāvaṇo || Th_567 ||
pubbaruhirasampuṇṇo gūthakūpe nigāḷhiko
āpopaggharaṇī kāyo sadā sandati pūtikaṃ. || Th_568 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
556, vasante ABDb, vasanto CDa.-- tesaṃ ABC, yesaṃ D.--
557-560, comp. Apadāna fol. ne (Dr. Morris's MS.), Jātaka Atth. vol. i.
p. 114 seq.--
557, dandhā BD, dantā AC.--
558, so ahaṃ pahito santo ABC.--
560, suddhaṃ ADb, buddhaṃ Da, saddhaṃ BC.--
563, yāva kālappavedanā. Jāt. l. l.--
564, vehāsān AC, veyāsan B, vehāsād Da, vehāsan ti karaṇe nissakkavacanaṃ,
vehāsan ti attho. dakāro padasandhikaro Db.--
567, nānākula- ("nānākulehi nānābhāgehi malehi") D, nānākala- ABC
(nānāka- C).--
568, -pe nigāḷhiko A, -pe nigāḷiko B, -pe nigālhiko C, -pe nigāḷhito Da,
guthakupena gāḷhito . . . guthakupena gāḷhito [sic] 'ti pi pāli
vaccakupato nikkhanto 'ti attho Db.
[page 060]
60 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
saṭṭhikaṇḍarasambandho maṃsalepanalepito
cammakañcukasannaddho pūtikāyo niratthako || Th_569 ||
aṭṭhisaṃghāṭaghaṭito nhārusuttanibandhano
nekesaṃ saṃgatibhāvā kappeti iriyāpathaṃ. || Th_570 ||
dhuvappayāto maraṇassa Maccurājassa santike,
idh'; eva chaḍḍayitvāna yenakāmaṃgamo naro. || Th_571 ||
avijjāya nivuto kāyo, catuganthena ganthito,
oghasaṃsīdano kāyo, anusayajālamotthato,|| 572 ||
pañcanīvaraṇe yutto, vitakkena samappito,
taṇhāmūlenānugato, mohacchadanachādito: || Th_573 ||
evāyaṃ vattatī kāyo kammayantena yantito.
sampatti ca vipatyantā, nānābhavo vipajjati. || Th_574 ||
ye 'maṃ kāyaṃ mamāyanti andhabālā puthujjanā,
vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṃ ghoraṃ, ādiyanti punabbhavaṃ. || Th_575 ||
ye 'maṃ kāyaṃ vivajjenti gūthalittaṃ va pannagaṃ,
bhavamūlaṃ vamitvāna parinibbissanty anāsavā 'ti. || Th_576 ||
Kappo thero.
Vivittaṃ appanigghosaṃ vāḷamiganisevitaṃ
seve senāsanaṃ bhikkhu paṭisallānakāraṇā. || Th_577 ||
saṃkārapuñjā āhatvā susānā rathiyāhi ca
tato saṃghāṭikaṃ katvā lūkhaṃ dhāreyya cīva-
raṃ. || Th_578 ||
nīcaṃ manaṃ karitvāna sapadānaṃ kulā kulaṃ
piṇḍikāya care bhikkhu guttadvāro susaṃvuto. || Th_579 ||
lūkhena pi ca santusse, nāññaṃ patthe rasaṃ bahuṃ;
rasesu anugiddhassa jhāne na ramatī mano. || Th_580 ||
appiccho c'; eva santuṭṭho pavivitto vase muni,
asaṃsaṭṭho gahaṭṭhehi anāgārehi c'; ūbhayaṃ. || Th_581 ||
yathā jaḷo ca mūgo ca attānaṃ dassaye tathā;
nātivelaṃ pabhāseyya saṃghamajjhamhi paṇḍito. || Th_582 ||
na so upavade kañci, upaghātaṃ vivajjaye,
saṃvuto pātimokkhasmiṃ mattaññū c'; assa bhojane. || Th_583 ||
suggahītanimitt'; assa cittass'; uppādakovido,
samathaṃ anuyuñjeyya kālena ca vipassanaṃ. || Th_584 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
570, -saṃghāṭasaṃghaṭito Da Db.--
577 = Milindapañha, p. 371.--
578, āhitvā A, āhatvā BC, ahatvā Da, āhatvā ti āharitvā Db.--
580 = Milindapañha, p. 395.
[page 061]
DASA-NIPĀTO. 61
viriyasātaccasampanno yuttayogo sadā siyā,
na ca appatvā dukkhass'; antaṃ vissāsam eyya paṇḍito. || Th_585 ||
evaṃ viharamānassa suddhikāmassa bhikkhuno
khīyanti āsavā sabbe nibbutiñ cādhigacchatīti. || Th_586 ||
Upaseno Vaṅgantaputto thero.
Vijāneyya sakaṃ atthaṃ, avalokeyyātha pāvacanaṃ,
yañ c'; ettha assa paṭirūpaṃ sāmaññaṃ ajjhupagatassa. || Th_587 ||
mittaṃ idha kalyāṇaṃ sikkhāvipulaṃ samādānaṃ
sussūsā ca garūnaṃ: etaṃ samaṇassa paṭirūpaṃ. || Th_588 ||
buddhesu sagāravatā dhamme apaciti yathābhūtaṃ
saṃghe ca cittikāro: etaṃ samaṇassa paṭirūpaṃ. || Th_589 ||
ācāragocare yutto ājīvo sodhito agārayho
cittassa saṇṭhapanaṃ: etaṃ samaṇassa paṭirūpaṃ. || Th_590 ||
cārittaṃ atha vārittaṃ iriyāpathiyaṃ pasādaniyaṃ
adhicitte ca āyogo: etaṃ . . . || Th_591 ||
āraññakāni senāsanāni pantāni appasaddāni
bhajitabbāni muninā: etaṃ . . . || Th_592 ||
sīlañ ca bāhusaccañ ca dhammānaṃ pavicayo yathābhūtaṃ
saccānaṃ abhisamayo: etaṃ . . . || Th_593 ||
bhāveyya aniccan ti anattasaññaṃ asubhasaññañ ca
lokamhi ca anabhiratiṃ: etaṃ . . . || Th_594 ||
bhāveyya ca bojjhaṅge iddhipādāni indriyabalāni
aṭṭhaṅgamaggam ariyaṃ: etaṃ . . . || Th_595 ||
taṇhaṃ pajaheyya munī, samūlake āsave padāleyya,
vihareyya vimutto: etaṃ samaṇassa paṭirūpan ti. || Th_596 ||
Gotamo thero.
uddānaṃ:
Kāḷudāyī ca so thero Ekavihārī ca Kappino
Cūḷapanthako Kappo ca Upaseno ca Gotamo
satt'; ime Dasake therā, gāthāyo c'; ettha sattatīti.
Dasanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
585, na ca appaṭṭhā dukkhantaṃ Da. Db has appatvā, and dukkhantaṃ
corrected to dukkhassantaṃ.--
588, idha ca A, idha ve B, idheve C, idha D.-- -vipulaṃ sam- D.--
591, cār- atha vāriththaṃ A, c- āsa vārittaṃ BC, cārittaṃ cārittaṃ
(corr. to vār-) Da, cārittan ti caritvā paripūretabbasīlaṃ
cārittan ti viratiyā akaraṇena paripūretabbasīlaṃ Db.--
592 and 593 desunt in BC.--
595, ca deest in AC.-- indriyāni b- ABC.
[page 062]
62 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
EKĀDASANIPĀTO.
Kin tav'; attho vane tāta Ujjuhāno va pāvuse.
verambā ramaṇīyā te, paviveko hi jhāyinaṃ. || Th_597 ||
yathā abbhāni verambo vāto nudati pāvuse,
saññā me abhikīranti vivekapaṭisaññutā. || Th_598 ||
apaṇḍaro aṇḍasambhavo sīvathikāya niketacāriko
uppādayateva me satiṃ sandehasmi virāganissitaṃ. || Th_599 ||
yañ ca aññe na rakkhanti yo ca aññe na rakkhati,
sa ve bhikkhu sukhaṃ seti kāmesu anapekkhavā. || Th_600 ||
acchodikā puthusilā gonaṅgulamigāyutā
ambusevālasañchannā te selā ramayanti maṃ. || Th_601 ||
vasitam me araññesu kandarāsu guhāsu ca
senāsanesu pantesu vāḷamiganisevite. || Th_602 ||
ime haññantu vajjhantu dukkhaṃ pappontu pāṇino
saṃkappaṃ nābhijānāmi anariyaṃ dosasaṃhitaṃ. || Th_603 ||
pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ,
ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā. || Th_604 ||
yassa c'; atthāya pabbajito agārasmā anagāriyaṃ,
so me attho anuppatto sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo. || Th_605 ||
nābhinandāmi maraṇam nābhinandāmi jīvitaṃ
kālañ ca paṭikaṅkhāmi nibbisaṃ bhatako yathā. || Th_606 ||
nābhinandāmi maraṇaṃ nābhinandāmi jīvitaṃ
kālañ ca paṭikaṅkhāmi sampajāno patissato 'ti. || Th_607 ||
Saṃkiccathero.
uddānaṃ:
Saṃkiccathero eko va katakicco anāsavo
Ekādasanipātamhi, gāthā ekādas'; eva tā 'ti.
Ekādasanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
597, Db : Ujjuhāno va pāvuso ti, Ujjuhāno kira nāmako pabbato,
so pana gahanasañchanno bahusoṇḍikandaro tahaṃ tahaṃ sandamānasalilo
vassakāle asappāyo, asmā Ujjuhāno vā pabbato etarahi pāvusakāle tava
kimatthiyo ti attho. keci pan'; ettha ujjuhāno nāma eko sakuṇo
sītantasahati (read, sītan na sahati?) vassakāle vanagumbe nilīno
acchatīti vadanti, tesaṃ matena ujjuhānassa viya sakuṇassa
pāvusakāle ko tav'; attho vane ti attho.-- verambhā ABC, -mbā
Da; Db : verambā ramaṇīyyā te verambavātā vāyantā kin te ramaṇīyā
ti yojanā. keci Verambā nāma ekā pabbataguhā pabbhāro ti vadanti.--
598, verambhā ABC, verambo D ("verambavāto").-- saññā Db, saṃña Da,
paññā ABC.--
599, sandehasmiṃ AD, -smi BC.--
600, comp. Jātaka, vol. i. p. 141.--
601 = 113, 1070.--
603, comp. 646.--
606 seq.= Milindapañha, p. 45.
[page 063]
DVĀDASA-NIPĀTO. 63
DVĀDASANIPĀTO.
Sīlam ev'; idha sikkhetha asmiṃ loke susikkhitaṃ,
sīlaṃ hi sabbasampattiṃ upanāmeti sevitaṃ. || Th_608 ||
sīlaṃ rakkheyya medhāvī patthayāno tayo sukhe:
pasaṃsaṃ vittilābhañ ca pecca sagge ca modanaṃ. || Th_609 ||
sīlavā hi bahū mitte saññamenādhigacchati,
dussīlo pana mittehi dhaṃsate pāpam ācaraṃ. || Th_610 ||
avaṇṇañ ca akittiñ ca dussīlo labhate naro,
vaṇṇaṃ kittiṃ pasaṃsañ ca sadā labhati sīlavā. || Th_611 ||
ādi sīlaṃ patiṭṭhā ca kalyāṇānañ ca mātukaṃ
pamukhaṃ sabbadhammānaṃ, tasmā sīlaṃ visodhaye. || Th_612 ||
velā ca saṃvaraṃ sīlaṃ cittassa abhibhāsanaṃ
titthañ ca sabbabuddhānaṃ, tasmā sīlaṃ visodhaye. || Th_613 ||
sīlaṃ balaṃ appaṭimaṃ, sīlaṃ āvudham uttamaṃ,
sīlam ābharaṇaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, sīlaṃ kavacam abbhutaṃ. || Th_614 ||
sīlaṃ setu mahesakkho, sīlaṃ gandho anuttaro,
sīlaṃ vilepanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ yena vāti diso disaṃ. || Th_615 ||
sīlaṃ sambalam ev'; aggaṃ, sīlaṃ pātheyyam uttamaṃ,
sīlaṃ seṭṭho ativāho yena yāti diso disaṃ. || Th_616 ||
idh'; eva nindaṃ labhati peccāpāye ca dummano,
sabbattha dummano bālo sīlesu asamāhito. || Th_617 ||
idh'; eva kittiṃ labhati pecca sagge ca summano,
sabbattha sumano dhīro sīlesu susamāhito. || Th_618 ||
sīlam eva idha aggaṃ, paññavā pana uttamo;
manussesu ca devesu sīlapaññāṇato jayan ti. || Th_619 ||
Sīlavatthero.
Nīce kulamhi jāto 'haṃ daḷiddo appabhojano;
hīnaṃ kammaṃ mamaṃ āsi, ahosiṃ pupphachaḍḍako. || Th_620 ||
jigucchito manussānaṃ paribhūto ca vambhito
nīcaṃ manaṃ karitvāna vandissaṃ bahukaṃ janaṃ. || Th_621 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
613, saṃvaraṃ ABC, saṃvaro Da, saṃvara Db.-- abhihāsanaṃ ABC,
abhibhāsanaṃ ("tosanaṃ") Da Db.--
616, vāti ABC, yāti Db ("gacchati"), saṃti Da.--
619 = 70.
[page 064]
64 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
ath'; addasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghapurakkhataṃ
pavisantaṃ mahāvīraṃ Magadhānaṃ puruttamaṃ. || Th_622 ||
nikkhipitvāna byābhaṅgiṃ vandituṃ upasaṃkamiṃ;
mam'; eva anukampāya aṭṭhāsi purisuttamo. || Th_623 ||
vanditvā satthuno pāde ekamantaṃ ṭhito tadā
pabbajjaṃ aham āyāciṃ sabbasattānam uttamaṃ. || Th_624 ||
tato kāruṇiko satthā sabbalokānukampako
ehi bhikkhū 'ti maṃ āha; sā me ās'; upasampadā. || Th_625 ||
so 'haṃ eko araññasmiṃ viharanto atandito
akāsiṃ satthu vacanaṃ yathā maṃ ovadī jino. || Th_626 ||
rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ pubbajātim anussariṃ,
rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dibbacakkhuṃ visodhitaṃ,
rattiyā pacchime yāme tamokhandhaṃ padālayiṃ. || Th_627 ||
tato ratyā vivasane suriyass'; uggamanaṃ pati
Indo Brahmā ca āgantvā maṃ namassiṃsu pañjalī: || Th_628 ||
namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama,
yassa te āsavā khīṇā; dakkhiṇeyyo 'si mārisa. || Th_629 ||
tato disvāna maṃ satthā devasaṃghapurakkhataṃ
sitaṃ pātukaritvāna imaṃ atthaṃ abhāsatha: || Th_630 ||
tapena brahmacariyena saṃyamena damena ca
etena brāhmaṇo hoti, etaṃ brāhmaṇam uttaman ti. || Th_631 ||
Sunīto thero.
uddānaṃ:
Sīlavā ca Sunīto ca therā dvete mahiddhikā
Dvādasamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyo catuvīsatīti.
Dvādasanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
623, nikkhipitvāna A, nikkhamitvāna BCD.--
628 = 517.-- vivasāno corr. to -ne A, vivasāne BC, vivasane D.--
suriyassugg- D, suriyugg- ABC.-- añjalī ABC, pañjaliṃ D.--
Uddāna, dveke A, deke C, dete B.
[page 065]
TERASA-NIPĀTO. 65
TERASANIPĀTO.
Yāhu raṭṭhe samukkaṭṭho rañño Aṅgassa paddhagu
sv ājja dhammesu ukkaṭṭho Soṇo dukkhassa pāragu. || Th_632 ||
pañca chinde pañca jahe pañca c'; uttari bhāvaye;
pañcasaṅgātigo bhikkhu oghatiṇṇo 'ti vuccati. || Th_633 ||
unnaḷassa pamattassa bāhirāsassa bhikkhuno
sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca pāripūriṃ na gacchati. || Th_634 ||
yaṃ hi kiccaṃ tad apaviddhaṃ, akiccaṃ pana kayirati;
unnaḷānaṃ pamattānaṃ tesaṃ vaḍḍhanti āsavā. || Th_635 ||
yesañ ca susamāraddhā niccaṃ kāyagatā sati,
akiccan te na sevanti kicce sātaccakārino.
satānaṃ sampajānānaṃ atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā. || Th_636 ||
ujumaggamhi akkhāte gacchatha mā nivattatha;
attanā coday'; attānaṃ, nibbānaṃ abhihāraye. || Th_637 ||
accāraddhamhi viriyamhi satthā loke anuttaro
vīṇopamaṃ karitvā me dhammaṃ desesi cakkhumā. || Th_638 ||
tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā vihāsiṃ sāsane rato,
samataṃ paṭipādesiṃ uttamatthassa pattiyā;
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ. || Th_639 ||
nekkhamme adhimuttassa pavivekañ ca cetaso,
abyāpajjhādhimuttassa upādānakkhayassa ca, || Th_640 ||
taṇhakkhayādhimuttassa asammohañ ca cetaso
disvā āyatanuppādaṃ sammā cittaṃ vimuccati. || Th_641 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
632, paṭhigu corr. to paṭhagu A, paṭhagu B, paṭṭhagū C, paddhagū Da Db
("paricārabhūto pakativiseso tassa raṭṭho [sic] kuṭimbiko"). Comp.
Suttanipāta 1094 : na te Mārassa paddhagu.--
633 (= 15), cuttari A, vutari B, vuttari C, muttari or vuttari D.--
634, bāhirāsayassa A, bāhirāya BC, bāhirāsassa Da, bāhirassāsā ti
bāhiresu āyatanesu āsāvato kāmesū avītarāgassā ti attho Db.--
635 sq.= Dhammap. 292 sq. -
635, taṃ paviṭṭhaṃ C, apaviṭṭhaṃ AB, tad apaviddhaṃ Da, taṃ
amapaviddhaṃ Db.--
637, comp. Dhammap. 379.-- atihāraye A.--
638, karitvā me D, karitvāna ABC. Comp. Mahāvagga V. 1. 15 seq.--
639, samathaṃ AC, samataṃ BD. Comp. Mahāvagga l. l. 17.--
640 seq.= Mahāvagga l. l. 27.--
640, nikkhame ABC, nekkhamme D.
[page 066]
66 {THERA-GĀTHĀ.}
tassa sammāvimuttassa santacittassa bhikkhuno
katassa paṭicayo n'; atthi, karaṇīyaṃ na vijjati. || Th_642 ||
selo yathā ekaghano vātena na samīrati,
evaṃ rūpā rasā saddā gandhā phassā ca kevalā || Th_643 ||
iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca na ppavedhenti tādino;
ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ visaññuttaṃ vayañ c'; assānupassatīti. || Th_644 ||
Soṇo Koḷiviso thero.
uddānaṃ:
Soṇo Koḷiviso thero eko yeva mahiddhiko
Terasamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyo c'; ettha terasā 'ti.
Terasanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 067]
CUDDASA-NIPĀTO. 67
CUDDASANIPĀTO.
Yadā ahaṃ pabbajito agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
nābhijānāmi saṃkappaṃ anariyaṃ dosasaṃhitaṃ. || Th_645 ||
ime haññantu vajjhantu dukkhaṃ pappontu pāṇino
saṃkappaṃ nābhijānāmi imasmiṃ dīghamantare. || Th_646 ||
mettañ ca abhijānāmi appamāṇaṃ subhāvitaṃ
anupubbaṃ paricitaṃ yathā buddhena desitaṃ. || Th_647 ||
sabbamitto sabbasakho sabbabhūtānukampako
mettaṃ cittañ ca bhāvemi abyāpajjharato sadā. || Th_648 ||
asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ cittaṃ āmodayām'; ahaṃ,
brahmavihāraṃ bhāvemi akāpurisasevitaṃ. || Th_649 ||
avitakkaṃ samāpanno sammāsambuddhasāvako
ariyena tuṇhibhāvena upeto hoti tāvade. || Th_650 ||
yathāpi pabbato selo acalo suppatiṭṭhito,
evaṃ mohakkhayā bhikkhu pabbato va na vedhati. || Th_651 ||
anaṅgaṇassa posassa niccaṃ sucigavesino
vālaggamattaṃ pāpassa abbhāmattaṃ va khāyati. || Th_652 ||
nagaraṃ yathā paccantaṃ guttaṃ santarabāhiraṃ,
evaṃ gopetha attānaṃ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā. || Th_653 ||
nābhinandāmi . . . (= 606,607) || Th_654-655 ||
pariciṇṇo . . . (= 604,605) || Th_656-657 ||
sampādeth'; appamādena, esā me anusāsanī;
handāhaṃ parinibbissaṃ, vippamutto 'mhi sabbadhīti. || Th_658 ||
Revato thero.
Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño dhure yutto dhurassaho
mathito atibhārena saṃyugaṃ nātivattati, || Th_659 ||
evaṃ paññāya ye tittā samuddo vārinā yathā
na pare atimaññanti; ariyadhammo 'va pāṇinaṃ. || Th_660 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
646, comp. 603.--
652 = 1001, abbhamattaṃ A, abbhāmuttaṃ BC, abbhāmattaṃ Da Db.--
658 = 1017. In the commentary the Thera is called Khadiravaniyarevata.--
659, maddito ti pi pāḷi Db.--
660, va C, ca BD. Deest in A.
[page 068]
68 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
kāle kālavasam pattā bhavābhavavasaṃ gatā
narā dukkhaṃ nigacchanti, te 'dha socanti māṇavā. || Th_661 ||
unnatā sukhadhammena dukkhadhammena vonatā
dvayena bālā haññanti yathābhūtaṃ adassino. || Th_662 ||
ye ca dukkhe sukhasmiñ ca majjhe sibbanim ajjhagū,
ṭhitā te indakhīlo va, na te unnataonatā. || Th_663 ||
na h'; eva lābhe nālābhe na yase na ca kittiyā
na nindāyaṃ pasaṃsāya na te dukkhe sukhamhi ca || Th_664 ||
sabbattha te na lippanti udabindu va pokkhare,
sabbattha sukhitā vīrā sabbattha aparājitā. || Th_665 ||
dhammena ca alābho yo yo ca lābho adhammiko:
alābho dhammiko seyyo yañ ce lābho adhammiko: || Th_666 ||
yaso ca appabuddhīnaṃ viññūnaṃ ayaso ca yo:
ayaso ca seyyo viññūnaṃ na yaso appabuddhinaṃ. || Th_667 ||
dummedhehi pasaṃsā ca viññūhi garahā ca yā:
garahā 'va seyyo viññūhi yañ ce bālappasaṃsanā. || Th_668 ||
sukhañ ca kāmamayikaṃ dukkhañ ca pavivekiyaṃ:
pavivekiyaṃ dukkhaṃ seyyo yañ ce kāmamayaṃ
sukhaṃ. || Th_669 ||
jīvitañ ca adhammena dhammena maraṇañ ca yaṃ:
maraṇaṃ dhammikaṃ seyyo yañ ce jīve adhammikaṃ. || Th_670 ||
kāmakopapahīnā ye santacittā bhavābhave
caranti loke asitā, n'; atthi tesaṃ piyāppiyaṃ. || Th_671 ||
bhāvayitvāna bojjhaṅge indriyāni balāni ca
pappuyya paramaṃ santiṃ parinibbanti anāsavā 'ti. || Th_672 ||
Godatto thero.
uddānaṃ:
Revato c'; eva Godatto therā dve te mahiddhikā
Cuddasamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyo aṭṭhavīsatīti.
Cuddasanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
661, te dha Da Db, te ca ABC.--
663, sukhamhi ABC.-- ajjhagū Da, accagū ABC, ajjhagū and accagū
("atikkamiṃsu") Db.--
667, na yaso D, na seyyo ABC.--
668, va BC, dha A, deest D.
[page 069]
SOḶASA-NIPĀTO. 69
SOḶASANIPĀTO.
Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi sutvā dhammaṃ mahārasaṃ;
virāgo desito dhammo anupādāya sabbaso. || Th_673 ||
bahūni loke citrāni asmiṃ puthuvimaṇḍale
mathenti maññesaṃkappaṃ subhaṃ rāgūpasaṃhitaṃ. || Th_674 ||
rajam upātaṃ vātena yathā megho pasāmaye,
evaṃ sammanti saṃkappā yadā paññāya passati. || Th_675 ||
sabbe saṃkhārā aniccā 'ti yadā paññāya passati,
atha nibbindatī dukkhe: esa maggo visuddhiyā. || Th_676 ||
sabbe saṃkhārā dukkhā 'ti -- sabbe dhammā anattā 'ti yadā
paññāya passati,
atha nibbindatī dukkhe: esa maggo visuddhiyā. || Th_677-678 ||
buddhānubuddho yo thero Koṇḍañño tibbanikkhamo
pahīnajātimaraṇo brahmacariyassa kevalī. || Th_679 ||
oghāpāso daḷho khīlo, pabbato duppadāliyo:
chetvā khīlañ ca pāsañ ca selaṃ chetvāna dubbhidaṃ
tiṇṇo pāraṃgato jhāyī mutto so Mārabandhanā. || Th_680 ||
uddhato capalo bhikkhu mitte āgamma pāpake
saṃsīdati mahoghasmiṃ ummiyā paṭikujjito. || Th_681 ||
anuddhato acapalo nipako saṃvutindriyo
kalyāṇamitto medhāvī dukkhass'; antakaro siyā. || Th_682 ||
kālāpabbaṅgasaṃkāso . . . (= 243,244) || Th_683-684 ||
nābhinandāmi . . . (= 606,607) || Th_685-686 ||
pariciṇṇo . . . (= 604) || Th_687 ||
yassa c'; atthāya pabbajito agārasmā anagāriyaṃ,
so me attho anuppatto, kiṃ me sandavihārenā 'ti. || Th_688 ||
Aññākoṇḍañño thero.
Manussabhūtaṃ sambuddhaṃ attadantaṃ samāhitaṃ
iriyamānaṃ Brahmapathe cittass'; upasame rataṃ, || Th_689 ||
yaṃ manussā namassanti sabbadhammāna pāraguṃ
devāpi taṃ namassanti, iti me arahato sutaṃ,|| 690 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
675, ūpātaṃ A, upātaṃ BC. upāta = Sansk. upātta (from upa-ā-dā)? Comp.
the passage of the Saṃyuttaka Nikāya, quoted in the Editor's work,
Buddha, sein Leben, seine Lehre, seine Gemeinde, p. 434 (p. 429
of the English translation). -- vātena A, vāteni B, vātetīyaṃ C.--
676-678 = Dhammap. 277-279.--
679 (comp. 1246), tibbanikkamo BC, tippanikkamo A.--
680, duppadālayo the MSS. --
683, annapānasmiṃ ABC.--
688, sandavihārinā ti A, saddhavihārenā ti B, sandavihārenā ti C.
[page 070]
70 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
sabbasaṃyojanātītaṃ vanā nibbanam āgataṃ
kāmehi nikkhammarataṃ muttaselā va kañcanaṃ, || Th_691 ||
sa ve accantarucī nāgo Himavāvaññe siluccaye,
sabbesaṃ nāganāmānaṃ saccanāmo anuttaro: || Th_692 ||
nāgaṃ vo kittayissāmi, na hi āguṃ karoti so.
soraccaṃ avihiṃsā ca pādā nāgassa te duve. || Th_693 ||
sati ca sampajaññañ ca caraṇā nāgassa te pare.
saddhāhattho mahānāgo, upekkhāsetadantavā. || Th_694 ||
sati gīvā, siro paññā, vīmaṃsā dhammacintanā,
dhammakucchi, samāvāso, viveko tassa vāladhi. || Th_695 ||
so jhāyī assāsarato ajjhattaṃ susamāhito,
gacchaṃ samāhito nāgo, ṭhito nāgo samāhito,|| 696 ||
sayaṃ samāhito nāgo, nisinno pi samāhito:
sabbattha saṃvuto nāgo; esā nāgassa sampadā. || Th_697 ||
bhuñjati anavajjāni, sāvajjāni na bhuñjati,
ghāsaṃ acchādanaṃ laddhā sannidhiṃ parivajjayaṃ, || Th_698 ||
saṃyojanaṃ aṇuṃ thūlaṃ sabbaṃ chetvāna bandhanaṃ,
yena yen'; eva gacchati anapekkho 'va gacchati. || Th_699 ||
yathāpi udake jātaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ pavaḍḍhati,
nopalippati toyena sucigandhaṃ manoramaṃ: || Th_700 ||
tath'; eva ca loke jāto buddho loke viharati,
nopalippati lokena toyena padumaṃ yathā. || Th_701 ||
mahāgini pajjalito anāhāro pasammati
aṅgāresu ca santesu nibbuto 'ti pavuccati. || Th_702 ||
atthassāyaṃ viññāpanī upamā viññūhi desitā,
viññissanti mahānāgā nāgaṃ nāgena desitaṃ. || Th_703 ||
vītarāgo vītadoso vītamoho anāsavo
sarīraṃ vijahaṃ nāgo parinibbissaty anāsavo 'ti. || Th_704 ||
Udāyī thero.
tatr'; uddānaṃ bhavati:
Koṇḍañño ca Udāyī ca therā dve te mahiddhikā
Soḷasamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyo dve ca tiṃsa cā 'ti.
Soḷasanipāto niṭṭhito.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
691, nibbānam A.--
692, accantaruci A, accarusi B, accaruci C.-- -vaññe A, caññe B,
dhaññe C.--
695, samāvāso A, samātapo B, samātāpo C.--
698, ghāsacchādanaṃ A, saṃghāacchādanaṃ C, ghāsaṃ acchādanaṃ B.--
702, santesu BC, sandhesu A.--
703, viññapanī?--
[page 071]
VĪSATI-NIPĀTO. 71
VĪSATINIPĀTO.
Yaññatthaṃ vā dhanatthaṃ vā ye hanāma mayaṃ pure
avasesaṃ bhayaṃ hoti, vedhanti vilapanti ca. || Th_705 ||
tassa te n'; atthi bhītattaṃ, bhiyyo vaṇṇo pasīdati;
kasmā na paridevesi evarūpe mahabbhaye. || Th_706 ||
n'; atthi cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ anapekkhassa gāmaṇi,
atikkantā bhayā sabbe khīṇasaṃyojanassa ve. || Th_707 ||
khīṇāya bhavanettiyā diṭṭhe dhamme yathātathe
na bhayaṃ maraṇe hoti bhāranikkhepane yathā. || Th_708 ||
suciṇṇaṃ brahmacariyaṃ me, maggo cāpi subhāvito,
maraṇe me bhayaṃ n'; atthi rogānam iva saṃkhaye. || Th_709 ||
suciṇṇaṃ brahmacariyaṃ me, maggo cāpi subhāvito,
nirassādā bhavā diṭṭhā, visaṃ pitvāna chaḍḍitaṃ. || Th_710 ||
pāragū anupādāno katakicco anāsavo
tuṭṭho āyukkhayā hoti mutto āghātanā yathā. || Th_711 ||
uttamaṃ dhammataṃ patto sabbaloke anatthiko
ādittā va gharā mutto maraṇasmiṃ na socati. || Th_712 ||
yad atthi saṃgataṃ kiñci bhavo ca yattha labbhati,
sabbaṃ anissaraṃ etaṃ, iti vuttaṃ mahesinā. || Th_713 ||
yo taṃ tathā pajānāti yathā buddhena desitaṃ,
na gaṇhati bhavaṃ kiñci sutattaṃ va ayoguḷaṃ. || Th_714 ||
na me hoti ahosin ti, bhavissan ti na hoti me;
saṃkhārā vibhavissanti: tattha kā paridevanā. || Th_715 ||
suddhaṃ dhammasamuppādaṃ suddhaṃ saṃkhārasantatiṃ
passantassa yathābhūtaṃ na bhayaṃ hoti gāmaṇi. || Th_716 ||
tiṇakaṭṭhasamaṃ lokaṃ yadā paññāya passati
mamattaṃ so asaṃvindaṃ n'; atthi me 'ti na socati. || Th_717 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
705, yaññ- AB, haññ- C.-- hanāma mayaṃ A, harāmamaraṃ B, harāma
mayaṃ C.-- avasesānaṃ?--
710, pitvāna AC, bhitvā va B.--
713, saṃkhataṃ?-- The metre is correct if we read : bhavo vā
yattha l-.-- anissaraṃ AC, anissayaṃ B.--
714, kañci?--
717, mamattaṃ A, pamatthaṃ B, pamattaṃ C.
[page 072]
72 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
ukkaṇṭhāmi sarīrena, bhaven'; amhi anatthiko,
so 'yaṃ bhijjissati kāyo añño ca na bhavissati. || Th_718 ||
yaṃ vo kiccaṃ sarīrena taṃ karotha yad'; icchatha;
na me tappaccayā tattha doso pemaṃ ca hehiti. || Th_719 ||
tassa taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ
satthāni nikkhipitvāna māṇavā etad abravuṃ: || Th_720 ||
kiṃ bhaddante karitvāna, ko vā ācariyo tava,
kassa sāsanam āgamma labbhate taṃ asokatā. || Th_721 ||
sabbaññū sabbadassāvī jino ācariyo mama
mahākāruṇiko satthā sabbalokatikicchako. || Th_722 ||
tenāyaṃ desito dhammo khayagāmī anuttaro,
tassa sāsanam āgamma labbhate taṃ asokatā. || Th_723 ||
sutvāna corā isino subhāsitaṃ nikkhippa satthāni ca
āvudhāni ca
tamhā ca kammā viramiṃsu eke, eke ca pabbajjam aroca-
yiṃsu. || Th_724 ||
te pabbajitvā sugatassa sāsane bhāvetvā bojjhaṅgabalāni
paṇḍitā
udaggacittā sumanā katindriyā phusiṃsu nibbānapadaṃ
asaṃkhatan ti. || Th_725 ||
Adhimutto thero.
Samaṇassa ahū cintā Pārāpariyassa bhikkhuno
ekakassa nisinnassa pavivittassa jhāyino: || Th_726 ||
kim ānupubbaṃ puriso kiṃ vataṃ kiṃ samācāraṃ
attano kiccakāri 'ssa na ca kiñci viheṭhaye. || Th_727 ||
indriyāni manussānaṃ hitāya ahitāya ca:
arakkhitāni ahitāya rakkhitāni hitāya ca. || Th_728 ||
indriyān'; eva sārakkhaṃ indriyāni ca gopayaṃ
attano kiccakāri 'ssa na ca kiñci viheṭhaye. || Th_729 ||
cakkhundriyañ ce rūpesu gacchantaṃ anivārayaṃ
anādīnavadassāvī, so dukkhā na hi muccati. || Th_730 ||
sotindriyañ ca saddesu gacchantaṃ anivārayaṃ
anādīnavadassāvī, so dukkhā na hi muccati. || Th_731 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
718, ukkaṇḍāmi A, ukkaṇṭhā me B, ukkaṭṭhā me C.--
719, ca hehiti A, va sohiti B, va socatīti C.--
721, labbhate taṃ A, -ye taṃ C, -te yaṃ B.--
723, labbhato (corr. to labbhate) taṃ A, -ye taṃ BC.--
727, ānupubba BC.-- kaṃ samācāraṃ?-- kañci?--
729, kañci?--
730, cakkh- ca?
[page 073]
VĪSATI-NIPĀTO. 73
anissaraṇadassāvī gandhe ce paṭisevati,
na so muccati dukkhamhā gandhesu adhimucchito. || Th_732 ||
ambilamadhuraggañ ca tittakaggam anussaraṃ
rasataṇhāya gadhito hadayaṃ nāvabujjhati. || Th_733 ||
subhāny appaṭikūlāni phoṭṭhabbāni anussaraṃ
ratto rāgādhikaraṇaṃ vividhaṃ vindate dukhaṃ. || Th_734 ||
manañ c'; etehi dhammehi yo na sakkoti rakkhituṃ,
tato naṃ dukkham anveti sabbeh'; etehi pañcahi. || Th_735 ||
pubbalohitasampuṇṇaṃ bahussa kuṇapassa ca
naravīrakataṃ vagguṃ samuggam iva cittitaṃ || Th_736 ||
kaṭukaṃ madhurassādaṃ piyanibandhanaṃ dukhaṃ
khuraṃ va madhunālittaṃ ullittaṃ nāvabujjhati. || Th_737 ||
itthirūpe itthirase phoṭṭhabbe pi ca itthiyā
itthigandhesu sāratto vividhaṃ vindate dukhaṃ. || Th_738 ||
itthisotāni sabbāni sandanti pañcapañcasu;
tesaṃ āvaraṇaṃ kātuṃ yo sakkoti viriyavā, || Th_739 ||
so atthavā, so dhammaṭṭho, so dakkho, so vicakkhaṇo,
kareyya ramamāno hi kiccaṃ dhammatthasaṃhitaṃ. || Th_740 ||
atho sīdati saññuttaṃ vajje kiccaṃ niratthakaṃ,
na taṃ kiccan ti maññitvā appamatto vicakkhaṇo. || Th_741 ||
yañ ca atthena saññuttaṃ yā ca dhammagatā rati
taṃ samādāya vattetha, sa hi ve uttamā rati. || Th_742 ||
uccāvaceh'; upāyehi paresam abhijigīsāti
hantvā vadhitvā atha socayitvā ālopati sāhasā yo pare-
saṃ, || Th_743 ||
tacchanto āṇiyā āṇiṃ nihanti balavā yathā:
indriyān'; indriyeh'; eva nihanti kusalā tathā. || Th_744 ||
saddhaṃ viriyaṃ samādhiñ ca satipaññañ ca bhāvayaṃ
pañca pañcahi hantvāna anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo. || Th_745 ||
so atthavā so dhammaṭṭho katvā vākyānusāsaniṃ
sabbena sabbaṃ buddhassa, so naro sukham edhatīti. || Th_746 ||
Pārāpariyo thero.
Cirarattaṃ vatātāpī dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ
samaṃ cittassa nālatthaṃ pucchaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇe: || Th_747 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
732, adhimucchito A, -muccito C, -puñcito B.--
733, ammilamadh- (corrected to amb-) A, ampilaṃ madh- B, ambilaṃ madh- C.--
736, naravir- AB, naravīr- C.--
737, kaṭakaṃ AC, kaṭukaṃ B.--
740, attavā C.--
741, adho C.-- sidatisaññutaṃ B. atthosīdanasaññuttaṃ?
adhosīdanasaññuttaṃ?-- maññitvā A, saññatvā B, saṃñatvā C.--
743, ābhijigīsati A, abhijisati B, abhivattati C.--
744, kusalo?--
745, satiṃ paññañ ca?
[page 074]
74 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
ko so pāraṃgato loke, ko patto amatogadhaṃ,
kassa dhammaṃ paṭicchāmi paramatthavijānanaṃ. || Th_748 ||
antovaṅkagato āsiṃ maccho va ghasam āmisaṃ,
baddho Mahindapāsena Vepacity āsuro yathā. || Th_749 ||
añcāmi naṃ na muñcāmi asmā sokapariddavā.
ko me bandhaṃ muñcaṃ loke sambodhiṃ vedayissati. || Th_750 ||
samaṇaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vā kaṃ ādisantaṃ pabhaṅgunaṃ,
kassa dhammaṃ paṭicchāmi jarāmaccupavāhanaṃ. || Th_751 ||
vicikicchākaṅkhāgathitaṃ sārambhabalasaññutaṃ
kodhappattamanatthaddhaṃ abhijappapadāraṇaṃ || Th_752 ||
taṇhādhanusamuṭṭhānaṃ dve ca pannarasāyutaṃ
passa orasikaṃ bālaṃ bhetvāna yadi ṭhati. || Th_753 ||
anudiṭṭhīnaṃ appahānaṃ saṃkappasaratejitaṃ
tena viddho pavedhāmi pattaṃ va māluteritaṃ. || Th_754 ||
ajjhattaṃ me samuṭṭhāya khippaṃ paccati māmakaṃ,
chaphassāyatanī kāyo yattha sarati sabbadā. || Th_755 ||
taṃ na passāmi tekicchaṃ yo me taṃ sallam uddhare
nānārajjena satthena nāññena vicikicchitaṃ. || Th_756 ||
ko me asattho avaṇo sallam abbhantarāpassayaṃ
ahiṃsaṃ sabbagattāni sallaṃ me uddharissati. || Th_757 ||
dhammappati hi so seṭṭho visadosapavāhako
gambhīre patitassa me thalaṃ pāṇi va dassaye. || Th_758 ||
rahade 'ham asmi ogāḷho ahāriyarajamantike
māyāussuyyasārambhathīnamiddhamapatthaṭe. || Th_759 ||
uddhaccameghathanitaṃ saṃyojanavalāhakaṃ
vāhā vahanti kuddiṭṭhiṃ saṃkappā rāganissitā. || Th_760 ||
savanti sabbadhī sotā, latā ubbhijja tiṭṭhati:
te sote ko nivāreyya, taṃ lataṃ ko hi checchati. || Th_761 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
749, The reading antovaṅk- may be defended; it seems more probable,
however, that we should correct andho vaṅkagato; comp. 557, where AC
read dantā instead of dandhā.-- āsi ABC; read, āsiṃ.-- Read, asuro.--
750, añcāmi B, añchāmi A, aññāmi C.-- muccāmi?--
752, -gandhitaṃ A, -gadhitaṃ BC.-- -manatt- C-- kodhappattaṃ
manatthaddhaṃ?-- abhidhammapadaraṇaṃ C. The first member of this
compound is perhaps abhijjhā.--
753, orasikaṃ bāḷhaṃ A, odasikaṃ bālaṃ C, odikaṃ bāḷaṃ B.-- ṭhati A,
ṭṭhati C, tiṭṭhati B, which may be the correct reading.--
754, -paratejitaṃ A, -ssaratejitaṃ BC.-- maluteritaṃ?--
755, paccati A, pacceti B, pecceti C.--
757, avaṇo A, varaṇa BC.-- abbhaṃntārā passayaṃ A, abbhantārā passaṃ B,
appantarā passaṃ C.--
758, dhammappatti A, dhammaṃpati BC.-- vīsadosapavāhako A,
vīsatesampav- B, visaretosampav- C.-- pāṇiñ ca A, pāṇi va B,
pānīva C.--
759, ahāriya- A, āhariya- BC.-- -apatthaṭe A, -apaṭhaye B,
-apaṭṭhare C.--
760, vāhā A, vahā BC.--
761, ubbijja ABC.-- chijjati A, chijjeti B, chejjati C.
[page 075]
VĪSATI-NIPĀTO. 75
velaṃ karotha bhaddante sotānaṃ sannivāraṇaṃ,
mā te manomayo soto rukkhaṃ va sahasā luve. || Th_762 ||
evaṃ me bhayajātassa apārā pāram esato
tāṇo paññāvudho satthā isisaṃghanisevito || Th_763 ||
sopānaṃ sukataṃ suddhaṃ dhammasāramayaṃ daḷhaṃ
pādāsi vuyhamānassa mā bhāyīti ca m'; abravī. || Th_764 ||
satipaṭṭhānapāsādaṃ āruyha paccavekkhisaṃ
yan taṃ pubbe amaññissaṃ sakkāyābhirataṃ pajaṃ. || Th_765 ||
yadā ca maggam addakkhiṃ nāvāya abhirūhanaṃ
anadhiṭṭhāya attānaṃ tittham addakkhim uttamaṃ. || Th_766 ||
sallaṃ attasamuṭṭhānaṃ bhavanettipabhāvitaṃ
etesaṃ appavattāya desesi maggam uttamaṃ. || Th_767 ||
dīgharattānusayitaṃ cirarattapatiṭṭhitaṃ
buddho me pānudī ganthaṃ visadosapavāhano 'ti. || Th_768 ||
Telakāni thero.
Passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ
āturaṃ bahusaṃkappaṃ, yassa n'; atthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti. || Th_769 ||
passa cittakataṃ rūpaṃ maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca
aṭṭhitacena onaddhaṃ saha vatthehi sobhati. || Th_770 ||
alattakakatā pāpā mukhaṃ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṃ,
alaṃ bālassa mohāya no ca pāragavesino. || Th_771 ||
aṭṭhāpadakatā kesā, nettā añjanamakkhitā,
alaṃ bālassa mohāya no ca pāragavesino. || Th_772 ||
añjanī 'va navā cittā pūtikāyo alaṃkato
alaṃ bālassa mohāya no ca pāragavesino. || Th_773 ||
odahi migavo pāsaṃ, nāsādā vākuraṃ migo;
bhutvā nivāpaṃ gacchāma kandante migabandhake. || Th_774 ||
chinnā pāsā migavassa, nāsādā vākuraṃ migo;
bhutvā nivāpaṃ gacchāma socante migaluddake. || Th_775 ||
passāmi loke sadhane manusse, laddhāna vittaṃ na dadanti
mohā;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
762, bhaddari BC.-- mā vo?--
764, pāṇaṃ AB, pānaṃ C,-- sundaṃ corr. to suddhaṃ A, saddhaṃ B,
saddaṃ C.--
768, dīgharassam anussaritaṃ BC.--
769 = Dhammap. 147; comp. the Raṭṭhapālasuttanta (Majjhima Nikāya).--
771, Instead of pāpā read pādā, which is the reading of v. 459 and of
the Raṭṭhapāla Sutta (Turnour's MS.)--
773, añjani va nivā (corr. to navā) A, añjanī (-ni B) va naṃvā BC,
añjanī va navā Raṭṭhapāla Sutta.--
774, nāsādā vākuraṃ ABC, nāsādā cākaraṃ Raṭṭh. S.--
775, nāsaṭā vākkhūraṃ (kh is expunged) A, nāsādā vākuraṃ BC.
[page 076]
76 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
luddhā dhanaṃ sannicayaṃ karonti bhiyyo ca kāme abhi-
patthayanti. || Th_776 ||
rājā pasayha ppathaviṃ vijetvā sasāgarantaṃ mahim
āvasanto
oraṃ samuddassa atittarūpo pāraṃ samuddassa pi pattha-
yetha. || Th_777 ||
rājā ca aññe ca bahū manussā avītataṇhā maraṇaṃ upenti,
ūnā va hutvāna jahanti dehaṃ, kāmehi lokamhi na h'; atthi
titti. || Th_778 ||
kandanti naṃ ñāti pakiriya kese, aho vatā no amarā 'ti
cāhu;
vatthena naṃ pārutaṃ nīharitvā citaṃ samodhāya tato
dahanti. || Th_779 ||
so ḍayhati sūlehi tujjamāno ekena vatthena pahāya bhoge;
na miyyamānassa bhavanti tāṇā ñātī ca mittā athavā
sahāyā. || Th_780 ||
dāyādakā tassa dhanaṃ haranti, satto pana gacchati
yenakammaṃ;
na miyyamānaṃ dhanam anveti kiñci puttā ca dārā ca
dhanañ ca raṭṭhaṃ. || Th_781 ||
na dīgham āyuṃ labhate dhanena na cāpi vittena jaraṃ
vihanti;
appañ hi naṃ jīvitam āhu dhīrā asassataṃ vippariṇāma-
dhammaṃ. || Th_782 ||
addhā daliddā ca phusanti phassaṃ, bālo ca dhīro ca tath'
eva phuṭṭho:
bālo hi bālyā vadhito va seti, dhīro ca na vedhati phassa-
phuṭṭho. || Th_783 ||
tasmā hi paññā 'va dhanena seyyo yāya vosānaṃ idhādhi-
gacchati,
abyositatthā hi bhavābhavesu pāpāni kammāni karonti
mohā. || Th_784 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
776, luddhā dhanaṃ A, laddhā ca naṃ BC.-- ca Raṭṭh. S., va corrected to
dha A, va BC.--
777, pi Raṭṭh. S.; deest in ABC.--
780, etena gattena A, et- vattena BC, ekena vattheti Raṭṭh. S.--
782, hi naṃ ABC, hidaṃ Raṭṭh. S.--
783, vadhīto va Raṭṭh. S., ca ṭhito va BC, va ṭhito va corr. to dha
ṭhito dha A.--
784, abyositatthā ABC, ahotasittā R. S.
[page 077]
VĪSATI-NIPĀTO. 77
upeti gabbhañ ca parañ ca lokaṃ saṃsāram āpajja param-
parāya,
tass'; appapañño abhisaddahanto upeti gabbhañ ca parañ ca
lokaṃ. || Th_785 ||
coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto sakammunā haññati pāpa-
dhammo,
evaṃ pajā pecca paramhi loke sakammunā haññati pāpa-
dhammo. || Th_786 ||
kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā virūparūpena mathenti
cittaṃ;
ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā tasmā ahaṃ pabbajito 'mhi
rāja. || Th_787 ||
dumapphalānīva patanti māṇavā daharā ca vuḍḍhā ca
sarīrabhedā;
etam pi disvā pabbajito 'mhi rāja; apaṇṇakaṃ sāmaññam
eva seyyo. || Th_788 ||
saddhāyāhaṃ pabbajito upeto jinasāsane,
avajjā mayhaṃ pabbajjā, anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṃ. || Th_789 ||
kāme ādittato disvā jātarūpāni satthato
gabbhe vokkantito dukkhaṃ nirayesu mahabbhayaṃ: || Th_790 ||
etam ādīnavaṃ disvā saṃvegaṃ alabhiṃ tadā;
so 'haṃ viddho tadā santo sampatto āsavakkhayaṃ. || Th_791 ||
pariciṇṇo . . . (= 604) || Th_792 ||
yass'; aṭṭhāya pabbajito . . . (see 605) . . . sabbasaṃ-
yojanakkhayo 'ti. || Th_793 ||
Raṭṭhapālo thero.
Rūpaṃ disvā sati muṭṭhā piyanimittaṃ manasikaroto;
sārattacitto vedeti tañ ca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. || Th_794 ||
tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā anekā rūpasambhavā,
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca cittam ass'; ūpahaññati;
evam ācinato dukkhaṃ ārā nibbāna vuccati. || Th_795 ||
saddaṃ sutvā sati muṭṭhā . . . (= 794,795; instead of
rūpasambhavā read saddasambhavā.) || Th_796-797 ||
gandhaṃ ghatvā . . . (gandhasambhavā) || Th_798-799 ||
rasaṃ bhotvā . . . (rasasambhavā) || Th_800-801 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
785, pamparāyi R. S.--
786 (end of the second line), pāpadhammo AB, R. S.; -mmā C.--
789, avañchā A, avajjā BC.--
790, satthato A, pattato BC.--
794, comp. 98.
[page 078]
78 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
phassaṃ phussa . . . (phassasambhavā) || Th_802-803 ||
dhammaṃ ñatvā . . . (dhammasambhavā) || Th_804-805 ||
na so rajjati rūpesu; rūpaṃ disvā patissato
virattacitto vedeti tañ ca n'; ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. || Th_806 ||
yathāssa passato rūpaṃ sevato vāpi vedanaṃ
khiyyati nopaciyyati evaṃ so caratī sato;
evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ santike nibbāna vuccati. || Th_807 ||
na so rajjati saddesu; saddaṃ sutvā patissato ( . . . gandhesu
gandhaṃ ghatvā . . . rasesu rasaṃ bhotvā . . .
phassesu phassaṃ phussa . . . dhammesu dhammaṃ
ñatvā patissato)
virattacitto vedeti tañ ca n'; ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. || Th_808,810,812,814,816 ||
yathāssa suṇato saddaṃ (ghāyato gandhaṃ, sāyato rasaṃ,
phusato phassaṃ, vijānato dhammaṃ) sevato vāpi
vedanaṃ
khiyyati nopaciyyati evaṃ so caratī sato;
evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ santike nibbāna vuccati. || Th_809,811,813,815,817 ||
Māluṅkyaputto thero.
Paripuṇṇakāyo suruci sujāto cārudassano
suvaṇṇavaṇṇo 'si bhagavā, susukkadāṭho 'si viriyavā. || Th_818 ||
narassa hi sujātassa ye bhavanti viyañjanā
sabbe te tava kāyasmiṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇā. || Th_819 ||
pasannanetto sumukho brahā uju patāpavā
majjhe samaṇasaṃghassa ādicco va virocasi. || Th_820 ||
kalyāṇadassano bhikkhu kañcanasannibhattaco:
kin te samaṇabhāvena evaṃ uttamavaṇṇino. || Th_821 ||
rājā arahasi bhavituṃ cakkavattirathesabho
cāturanto vijitāvī Jambusaṇḍassa issaro. || Th_822 ||
khattiyā bhojarājāno anuyantā bhavanti te;
rājābhirājā manujindo rajjaṃ kārehi Gotama. || Th_823 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
802, phusaṃ A, phussā B, phusso C.--
814, phusaṃ A, phusa C, pussa B.--
818 seq., comp. the Selasutta (Sutta Nipāta).--
819, sabbaṃ te A.--
820, brahmā AB, brahā corrected to brahmā C.--
822, Jambumaṇḍassa AB, Jambusaṇḍassa C, The Suttanipāta MSS. have
both readings; Dr. Morris's MS. of the Apadāna (fol. c0ri and ñi)
reads Jambusaṇḍa. Comp. Childers s. v. saṇḍo.--
823, bhogā rājāno A, bhojar- BC, bhojar- and rājar- the Suttanipāta
MSS.-- rājābhirājā A and the Suttanipāta MSS., rājādh- BC.
[page 079]
VĪSATI-NIPĀTO. 79
rājāham asmi Selā 'ti bhagavā dhammarājā anuttaro,
dhammena cakkaṃ vattemi cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ. || Th_824 ||
sambuddho paṭijānāsi iti Selo brāhmaṇo dhammarājā
anuttaro,
dhammena cakkaṃ vattemi iti bhāsasi Gotama. || Th_825 ||
ko nu senāpatī bhoto sāvako satthur anvayo,
ko imaṃ anuvatteti dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ. || Th_826 ||
mayā pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ Selā 'ti bhagavā dhammacakkam
anuttaraṃ
Sāriputto 'nuvatteti anujāto tathāgataṃ. || Th_827 ||
abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañ ca bhāvitaṃ,
pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddho 'smi brāh-
maṇa. || Th_828 ||
vinayassu mayī kaṅkhaṃ. adhimuccassu brāhmaṇa.
dullabhaṃ dassanaṃ hoti sambuddhānaṃ abhiṇhaso. || Th_829 ||
yesaṃ ve dullabho loke pātubhāvo abhiṇhaso,
so 'haṃ brāhmaṇa buddho 'smi sallakatto anuttaro. || Th_830 ||
Brahmabhūto atitulo Mārasenappamaddano
sabbāmitte vasīkatvā modāmi akutobhayo. || Th_831 ||
idaṃ bhonto nisāmetha yathā bhāsati cakkhumā
sallakatto mahāvīro, sīho va nadatī vane. || Th_832 ||
Brahmabhūtaṃ atitulaṃ Mārasenappamaddanaṃ
ko disvā na ppasīdeyya api kaṇhābhijātiko. || Th_833 ||
yo maṃ icchati anvetu yo vā n'; icchati gacchatu:
idhāhaṃ pabbajissāmi varapaññassa santike. || Th_834 ||
etañ ce ruccatī bhoto sammāsambuddhasāsanaṃ,
mayam pi pabbajissāma varapaññassa santike. || Th_835 ||
brāhmaṇā tisatā ime yācanti pañjalīkatā:
brahmacariyaṃ carissāma bhagavā tava santike. || Th_836 ||
svākkhātaṃ brahmacariyaṃ Selā 'ti bhagavā sandiṭṭhikam
akālikaṃ
yattha amoghā pabbajjā appamattassa sikkhato. || Th_837 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
824, comp. Milindapañha, p. 183.--
825, After Selo A inserts ca, BC va. Neither the one nor the other
is found in the Suttanipāta.-- bhāsati ABC, bhāsati and bhāsasi
the Suttanip. MSS.--
829, adhimuñcassa A, -ssu AC. The correct reading, adhimuccassu,
is found in the Suttanipāta MSS.--
831, sabbamitte ABC, sabbāmitte Suttanip.--
836, yācantī? comp. v. 841.
[page 080]
80 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
yan taṃ saraṇam āgamma ito aṭṭhami cakkhuma,
sattarattena bhagavā dant'; amha tava sāsane. || Th_838 ||
tuvaṃ buddho, tuvaṃ satthā, tuvaṃ Mārābhibhū muni,
tuvaṃ anusaye chetvā tiṇṇo tāres'; imaṃ pajaṃ. || Th_839 ||
upadhī te samatikkantā, āsavā te padālitā,
sīho va anupādāno pahīnabhayabheravo. || Th_840 ||
bhikkhavo tisatā ime tiṭṭhantī pañjalīkatā;
pāde vīra pasārehi, nāgā vandantu satthuno 'ti. || Th_841 ||
Selo thero.
Yā taṃ me hatthigīvāya sukhumā vatthā padhāritā,
sālīnaṃ odano bhutto sucimaṃsūpasecano, || Th_842 ||
so 'jja bhaddo sātatiko uñchāpattāgate rato
jhāyati anupādāno putto Godhāya Bhaddiyo. || Th_843 ||
paṃsukūlī sātatiko uñchāpattāgate rato
jhāyati anupādāno putto Godhāya Bhaddiyo. || Th_844 ||
piṇḍapātī sātatiko --pa-- tecīvarī sātatiko --pa-- sapa --
dānacārī s- --pa-- ekāsanī s- --pa-- pattapiṇḍī
s- --pa-- khalupacchābhattī s- --pa-- āraññiko s-
--pa-- rukkhamūliko s- --pa-- abbhokāsī s-
--pa-- s-sāniko s- --pa-- yathāsanthatiko s-
--pa-- nesajjiko s- --pa-- appiccho s- --pa--
santuṭṭho s- --pa-- pavivitto s- --pa-- asaṃsaṭṭho s-
--pa-- āraddhaviriyo sātatiko --pa-- || Th_845-861 ||
hitvā satapalaṃ kaṃsaṃ sovaṇṇaṃ satarājikaṃ
aggahiṃ mattikāpattaṃ, idaṃ dutiyābhisecanaṃ. || Th_862 ||
ucce maṇḍalipākāre daḷhamaṭṭālakoṭṭhake
rakkhito khaggahatthehi uttasaṃ vihariṃ pure. || Th_863 ||
so 'jja bhaddo anutrāsī pahīnabhayabheravo
jhāyati vanam ogayha putto Godhāya Bhaddiyo. || Th_864 ||
sīlakkhandhe patiṭṭhāya satiṃ paññañ ca bhāvayaṃ
pāpuṇiṃ anupubbena sabbasaṃyojanakkhayan ti. || Th_865 ||
Bhaddiyo Kāligodhāya putto.
Gacchaṃ vadesi samaṇa ṭhito 'mhi mamañ ca brūsi ṭhitam
aṭṭhito 'ti;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
838, ti corr. to taṃ A, taṃ B, ti C.-- āgamhā?-- aṭṭhami A, aṭhami B,
aṭṭhāmi C.-- amhi AB, ampi C, amha Suttanip.--
841, tiṭṭhanti the MSS.--
842, vatthā padhāritā A, vatthadhāritā C, vattā me dhāritā B. v-
pathāritā (= patthāritā)?--
862 = 97.--
865, satip- ABC.
[page 081]
VĪSATI-NIPĀTO. 81
pucchāmi taṃ samaṇa etam atthaṃ: kasmā ṭhito tvaṃ
aham aṭṭhito 'mhi. || Th_866 ||
ṭhito ahaṃ Aṅgulimāla sabbadā sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya
daṇḍaṃ,
tvañ ca pāṇesu asaññato 'si, tasmā ṭhito 'haṃ tuvam aṭṭhito
'si. || Th_867 ||
cirassaṃ vata me mahito mahesi mahāvanaṃ samaṇo
paccupādi;
so 'haṃ cajissāmi sahassapāpaṃ sutvāna gāthaṃ tava
dhammayuttaṃ. || Th_868 ||
itv eva coro asim āvudhañ ca sobbhe papāte narake anvakāsi,
avandi coro sugatassa pāde, tatth'; eva pabbajjam ayāci
buddhaṃ. || Th_869 ||
buddho ca kho kāruṇiko mahesi yo satthā lokassa sadeva-
kassa
tam ehi bhikkhū 'ti tadā avoca; es'; eva tassa ahu bhikkhu-
bhāvo. || Th_870 ||
yo pubbe pamajjitvāna pacchā so na ppamajjati,
so 'maṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti abbhā mutto va candimā. || Th_871 ||
yassa pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ kusalena pithīyati,
so 'maṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti abbhā mutto va candimā. || Th_872 ||
yo have daharo bhikkhu yuñjatī buddhasāsane,
so 'maṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti abbhā mutto va candimā. || Th_873 ||
disā hi me dhammakathaṃ suṇantu, disā hi me yuñjantu
buddhasāsane,
disā hi me te manusse bhajantu ye dhammam evādapayanti
santo. || Th_874 ||
disā hi me khantivādānaṃ avirodhappasaṃsinaṃ
suṇantu dhammaṃ kālena tañ ca anuvidhīyantu. || Th_875 ||
na hi jātu so mamaṃ hiṃse aññaṃ vā pana kañcinaṃ,
pappuyya paramaṃ santiṃ rakkheyya tasathāvare. || Th_876 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
868, mahāvaṇaṃ C.-- paccupādi AB, macc- C.-- sahassaṃ pāpaṃ BC.--
869, itv eva A, icc eva BC.-- narake anvakāsi (-kāri B) AB,
narakandhakāre C.--
871-872 = Dhammap. 172-173.-- The first words of v. 871 have been
corrected in C : yo ca pubbe pamajjitvā. This is metrically more
correct than the original reading of the MSS., and so this stanza
is read both in the Dhammapada and in the Aṅgulimāla Suttanta
(Majjhima Nikāya).--
872 deest in A.--
874, yuñjantu A, yuñjanta B, yuñjatu C.-- evādāpayanti A, evāramayanti BC.
The Aṅg. Suttanta (Turnour's MS.) has, ye dhamme me vādapayanti.--
876, kañcinaṃ Aṅg. S., kiñcinaṃ ABC.
[page 082]
82 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
udakaṃ hi nayanti nettikā, usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ,
dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti paṇḍitā. || Th_877 ||
daṇḍen'; eke damayanti aṅkusehi kasāhi ca;
adaṇḍena asatthena ahaṃ danto 'mhi tādinā. || Th_878 ||
Ahiṃsako 'ti me nāmaṃ hiṃsakassa pure sato;
ajjāhaṃ saccanāmo 'mhi, na naṃ hiṃsāmi kañcinaṃ. || Th_879 ||
coro ahaṃ pure āsiṃ Aṅgulimālo 'ti vissuto,
vuyhamāno mahoghena buddhaṃ saraṇam āgamaṃ. || Th_880 ||
lohitapāṇi pure āsiṃ Aṅgulimālo 'ti vissuto;
saraṇāgamanaṃ passa; bhavanetti samūhatā. || Th_881 ||
tādisaṃ kammaṃ katvāna bahuṃ duggatigāminaṃ
phuṭṭho kammavipākena anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṃ. || Th_882 ||
pamādam anuyuñjanti bālā dummedhino janā,
appamādañ ca medhāvī dhanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ va rakkhati. || Th_883 ||
mā pamādam anuyuñjetha mā kāmaratisanthavaṃ,
appamatto hi jhāyanto pappoti paramaṃ sukhaṃ. || Th_884 ||
svāgataṃ nāpagataṃ, n'; etaṃ dummantitaṃ mama;
saṃvibhattesu dhammesu yaṃ seṭṭhaṃ tad upāgamaṃ. || Th_885 ||
svāgataṃ nāpagataṃ n'; etaṃ dummantitaṃ mama;
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ. || Th_886 ||
araññe rukkhamūle vā pabbatesu guhāsu vā
tattha tatth'; eva aṭṭhāsiṃ ubbiggamanaso tadā. || Th_887 ||
sukhaṃ sayāmi ṭhāyāmi, sukhaṃ kappemi jīvitaṃ
ahatthapāso Mārassa: aho satthānukampito. || Th_888 ||
brahmajacco pure āsiṃ, udicco ubhato ahuṃ,
so 'jja putto sugatassa dhammarājassa satthuno, || Th_889 ||
vītataṇho anādāno guttadvāro susaṃvuto;
aghamūlaṃ vamitvāna patto me āsavakkhayo. || Th_890 ||
pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ,
ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā 'ti. || Th_891 ||
Aṅgulimālo thero.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
877, see 19, Dhammap. 80.--
879, kiñcinaṃ ABC, kañcinaṃ Aṅg. S.--
883 sq. = Dhammap. 26 sq.--
884, vipulaṃ sukhaṃ Dhammap., Aṅg. S.--
885, comp. 9. -- nāgataṃ A, nāpagataṃ B, nāvagataṃ C.-- na yidaṃ Aṅg. S.,
netaṃ ABC.-- savibh- ABC, paṭihantesu Aṅg. S.--
886, nāpagataṃ A, nāgataṃ C.-- na yidaṃ Aṅg. S., netaṃ ABC.--
888, satthānukampito AC, -anukappito B. aho satthānukampako?--
889, ahu the MSS.--
890, vadhitvāna ABC. Comp. v. 116, 576.
[page 083]
VĪSATI-NIPĀTO. 83
Pahāya mātāpitaro bhaginīñātibhātaro
pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā Anuruddho 'va jhāyati. || Th_892 ||
sameto naccagītehi sammaṭāḷappabodhano
na tena suddhiṃ ajjhagamā Mārassa visaye rato. || Th_893 ||
etañ ca samatikkamma rato buddhassa sāsane
sabboghaṃ samatikkamma Anuruddho 'va jhāyati. || Th_894 ||
rūpā saddā rasā gandhā phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā
ete ca samatikkamma Anuruddho 'va jhāyati. || Th_895 ||
piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto eko adutiyo muni
esati paṃsukūlāni Anuruddho anāsavo. || Th_896 ||
vicini aggahī dhovi rajayī dhārayī muni
paṃsukūlāni matimā Anuruddho anāsavo. || Th_897 ||
mahiccho ca asantuṭṭho saṃsaṭṭho yo ca uddhato,
tassa dhammā ime honti pāpakā saṃkilesikā. || Th_898 ||
sato ca hoti appiccho santuṭṭho avighātavā
pavivekarato vitto niccam āraddhavīriyo: || Th_899 ||
tassa dhammā ime honti kusalā bodhipakkhikā
anāsavo ca so hoti, iti vuttaṃ mahesinā. || Th_900 ||
mama saṃkappam aññāya satthā loke anuttaro
manomayena kāyena iddhiyā upasaṃkami. || Th_901 ||
yadā me ahu saṃkappo tato uttari desayi,
nippapañcarato buddho nippapañcam adesayi. || Th_902 ||
tassāhaṃ dhammam aññāya vihāsiṃ sāsane rato;
tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ. || Th_903 ||
pañcapaññāsa vassāni yato nesajjiko ahaṃ,
pañcavīsati vassāni yato middhaṃ samūhataṃ. || Th_904 ||
nāhu assāsapassāso ṭhitacittassa tādino;
anejo santim ārabbha cakkhumā parinibbuto. || Th_905 ||
asallīnena cittena vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi;
pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ vimokkho cetaso ahū. || Th_906 ||
ete pacchimakā dāni munino phassapañcamā;
nāññe dhammā bhavissanti sambuddhe parinibbute. || Th_907 ||
n'; atthi dāni punāvāso devakāyasmi jālini;
vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo. || Th_908 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
892 seqq. va A, ca BC.--
893, ajcagida corr. to -agā A, ajjhamāgamā BC.--
899, vitto A, citto BC.--
902, yadā A, sadā BC. yathā?--
905-906 = Mahāparinibbāna Sutta p. 62. ed. Childers.--
908, panāvāso C.-- jālani C.
[page 084]
84 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
yassa muhutte sahassadā loko saṃvidito, sa Brahmakappo
vasī iddhiguṇe cutūpapāte kāle passati devatā sa bhi-
kkhu. || Th_909 ||
annabhāro pure āsiṃ daḷiddo ghāsahārako,
samaṇaṃ paṭipādesiṃ upariṭṭhaṃ yasassinaṃ. || Th_910 ||
so 'mhi Sakyakule jāto, Anuruddho 'ti maṃ vidū,
upeto naccagītehi sammaṭāḷappabodhano. || Th_911 ||
ath'; addasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ satthāraṃ akutobhayaṃ,
tasmiṃ cittaṃ pasādetvā pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ. || Th_912 ||
pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi yattha me vusitaṃ pure,
Tāvatiṃsesu devesu aṭṭhāsiṃ Sakkajātiyā. || Th_913 ||
sattakkhattuṃ manussindo ahaṃ rajjam akārayiṃ
cāturanto vijitāvī Jambusaṇḍassa issaro,
adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena anusāsayiṃ. || Th_914 ||
ito satta ito satta saṃsārāni catuddasa
nivāsam abhijānissaṃ devaloke ṭhito tadā. || Th_915 ||
pañcaṅgike samādhimhi sante ekodibhāvite
paṭippassaddhiladdh'; amhi, dibbacakkhuṃ visujjhi me. || Th_916 ||
cutūpapātaṃ jānāmi sattānaṃ āgatiṃ gatiṃ
itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ jhāne pañcaṅgike ṭhito. || Th_917 ||
pariciṇṇo mayā satthā --pa-- samūhatā. || Th_918 ||
Vajjīnaṃ Veḷuvagāme ahaṃ jīvitasaṃkhayā
heṭṭhato veḷugumbasmiṃ nibbāyissaṃ anāsavo 'ti. || Th_919 ||
Anuruddho thero.
Samaṇassa ahū cintā pupphitamhi mahāvane
ekaggassa nisinnassa pavivittassa jhāyino: || Th_920 ||
aññathā lokanāthamhi tiṭṭhante purisuttame
iriyaṃ āsi bhikkhūnaṃ, aññathā dāni dissate. || Th_921 ||
sītavātaparittānaṃ, hirikopīnachādanaṃ,
mattaṭṭhiyaṃ abhuñjiṃsu santuṭṭhā itarītare. || Th_922 ||
paṇītaṃ yadi vā lūkhaṃ appaṃ vā yadi vā bahuṃ
yāpanatthaṃ abhuñjiṃsu agiddhā nādhimucchitā. || Th_923 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
909 (= 1181), muhuttena ABC.-- -guṇacutup- A, -guṇe catūp- A, -guṇe
catup- C.-- vassati C.-- bhikkhuno ABC.--
910, paṭipādesi the MSS.-- upariṭhaṃ A, upadhiṭṭhaṃ C, upaṭhi corr. to
upadiṭhaṃ B.--
912, addasāsi the MSS.--
913, aṭṭhāsi the MSS.
914, Jambumaṇḍassa AC, paṇḍassa B. Comp. v. 822.-- anusāsayi AC,
anusāsi B.--
915, ito s- ito s- A, ito s- tato s- BC.--
916, sante BC, santo A.--
922, mattaṭṭhiyaṃ AC, matthaṭhiyaṃ B.--
923, nāvi-(corr. to nādhi-) mucchitā A, nādhimucchitā BC.
[page 085]
VĪSATI-NIPĀTO. 85
jīvitānaṃ parikkhāre bhesajje atha paccaye
na bāḷhaṃ ussukā āsuṃ yathā te āsavakkhaye. || Th_924 ||
araññe rukkhamūlesu kandarāsu guhāsu ca
vivekaṃ anubrūhantā vihiṃsu tapparāyanā, || Th_925 ||
nīcaniviṭṭhā subharā mudū atthaddhamānasā
abyāsekā amukharā atthacintāvasānugā. || Th_926 ||
tato pāsādikaṃ āsi gataṃ bhuttaṃ nisevitaṃ,
siniddhā teladhārā va ahosi iriyāpatho. || Th_927 ||
sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā mahājhāyī mahāhitā
nibbutā dāni te therā, parittā dāni tādisā. || Th_928 ||
kusalānañ ca dhammānaṃ paññāya ca parikkhayā
sabbākāravarūpetaṃ lujjate jinasāsanaṃ. || Th_929 ||
pāpakānañ ca dhammānaṃ kilesānañ ca yo utu
upaṭṭhitāvivekāya ye ca saddhammasesakā || Th_930 ||
te kilesā pavaḍḍhantā āvisanti bahuṃ janaṃ,
kīḷanti maññe bālehi ummattehi va rakkhasā. || Th_931 ||
kileseh'; ābhibhūtā te tena tena vidhāvitā
narā kilesavatthūsu sayaṃgāhe va ghosite, || Th_932 ||
pariccajitvā saddhammaṃ aññamaññehi bhaṇḍare,
diṭṭhigatāni anventā idaṃ seyyo 'ti maññare. || Th_933 ||
dhanañ ca puttaṃ bhariyañ ca chaḍḍayitvāna niggatā
kaṭacchubhikkhahetū pi akiccāni nisevare. || Th_934 ||
udarāvadehakaṃ bhutvā sayant'; uttānaseyyakā,
kathā vadenti paṭibuddhā yā kathā satthu garahitā. || Th_935 ||
sabbakārukasippāni cittikatvāna sikkhare,
avūpasantā ajjhattaṃ sāmaññattho 'ti acchati. || Th_936 ||
mattikaṃ telaṃ cuṇṇañ ca udakāsanabhojanaṃ
gihīnaṃ upanāmenti ākaṅkhantā bahuttaraṃ. || Th_937 ||
dantapoṇaṃ kapiṭṭhañ ca pupphakhādaniyāni ca
piṇḍapāte ca sampanne ambe āmalakāni ca, || Th_938 ||
bhesajjesu yathā vejjā, kiccākicce yathā gihī,
gaṇikā va vibhūsāyaṃ, issare khattiyā yathā,|| 939 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
926, abyāsokā A.-- atthacintā- A, atha cintā- BC.--
927, bhuttaṃ A, itthaṃ BC.-- nimmitā C, nimithā B, siniddhā A.--
928, samāhitā? Comp. v. 1083.--
930, upaṭṭhitā- A, upathitā- B, upadhītā- C.-- ye ca saddhammasesakā A,
ye ca saddhammūrasakā C, yesa caddhammasekā B. ye ca saddhammasosakā?--
931, bahu j- AB, bahū j- C.--
931, kilanti the MSS.--
932, narā A, naga BC.-- sasaṃṅgāme A, sayaṃgāhe BC.--
936, -kāruṇa- AB, -kāruṇi- C.--
939, issare AC, issaye B. issere?
[page 086]
86 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
nekatikā vañcanikā kūṭasakkhī avāṭukā
bahūhi parikappehi āmisaṃ paribhuñjare. || Th_940 ||
lesakappe pariyāye parikappe 'nudhāvitā
jīvikatthā upāyena saṃkaḍḍhanti bahuṃ dhanaṃ. || Th_941 ||
upaṭṭhapenti parisaṃ kammato no ca dhammato,
dhammaṃ paresaṃ desenti lābhato no ca atthato. || Th_942 ||
saṃghalābhassa bhaṇḍanti saṃghato paribāhirā,
paralābhopajīvantā ahirikā 'va na lajjare. || Th_943 ||
nānuyuttā tathā eke muṇḍā saṃghāṭipārutā
sambhāvanaṃ yev'; icchanti lābhasakkāramucchitā. || Th_944 ||
evaṃ nānappayātamhi ni dāni sukaraṃ tathā
aphusitaṃ vā phusituṃ phusitaṃ vānurakkhituṃ. || Th_945 ||
yathā kaṇṭakaṭṭhānamhi careyya anupāhano
satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāna, evaṃ gāme munī care. || Th_946 ||
saritvā pubbake yogī tesaṃ vattam anussaraṃ
kiñcāpi pacchimo kālo phuseyya amataṃ padaṃ. || Th_947 ||
idaṃ vatvā sālavane samaṇo bhāvitindriyo
brāhmaṇo parinibbāyi isi khīṇapunabbhavo 'ti. || Th_948 ||
Pārāpariyo thero.
uddānaṃ:
Adhimutto Pārāpariyo Telakāni Raṭṭhapālo
Māluṅkya-Selo Bhaddiyo Aṅguli dibbacakkhuko |
Pārāpariyo, das'; ete Vīsamhi suparikittitā,
gāthāyo dve satā honti pañcatālīsa uttarin ti.
niṭṭhito Vīsatinipāto.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
940, avāṭukā A, apāṭukā BC.--
941, jīvikatthā A, jivikattā B, jīvikattā C.-- upāyo na A, upāyena BC.--
943, na A, va na BC.--
945, tathā BC, katā A.--
947, kiñcāpi AC, kiccāpi B.--
Uddāna. The text of BC differs widely from that of A, which I give.
The names of Māluṅkyaputta and Sela are omitted, and so only
eight Theras and, as it seems, 190 (?) Gāthās are counted
("gāthā satā ca navuti honti ca puna uttarin ti").
[page 087]
TIṂSA-NIPĀTO. 87
TIṂSANIPĀTO.
Pāsādike bahū disvā bhāvitatte susaṃvute
isi Paṇḍarasagotto apucchi Phussasavhayaṃ: || Th_949 ||
kiṃchandā kimadhippāyā kimākappā bhavissare
anāgatamhi kālamhi, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito. || Th_950 ||
suṇohi vacanaṃ mayhaṃ isi Paṇḍarasavhaya,
sakkaccaṃ upadhārehi, ācikkhissāmy anāgataṃ. || Th_951 ||
kodhanā upanāhī ca makkhī thambhī saṭhā bahū
issukī nānāvādā ca bhavissanti anāgate || Th_952 ||
aññātamānino dhamme gambhīre tīragocarā
lahukā agarū dhamme aññamaññam agāravā. || Th_953 ||
bahū ādīnavā loke uppajjissanti 'nāgate;
sudesitaṃ imaṃ dhammaṃ kilisissanti dummati. || Th_954 ||
guṇahīnāpi saṃghamhi voharanti visāradā
balavanto bhavissanti mukharā assutāvino. || Th_955 ||
guṇavanto pi saṃghamhi voharantā yathatthato
dubbalā te bhavissanti hirimanā anatthikā. || Th_956 ||
rajataṃ jātarūpañ ca khettaṃ vatthuṃ ajeḷakaṃ
dāsīdāsañ ca dummedhā sādiyissanti 'nāgate. || Th_957 ||
ujjhānasaññino bālā sīlesu asamāhitā
unnaḷā vicarissanti kalahābhiratā magā, || Th_958 ||
uddhatā ca bhavissanti nīlacīvarapārutā;
kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī carissanty ariyā viya. || Th_959 ||
telasaṇhehi kesehi capalā añjanakkhikā
rathiyāya gamissanti dantavaṇṇakapārutā. || Th_960 ||
ajegucchaṃ vimuttehi surattaṃ arahaddhajaṃ
jigucchissanti kāsāvaṃ odātesu samucchitā. || Th_961 ||
lābhakāmā bhavissanti kusītā hīnavīriyā,
kicchantā vanapattāni gāmantesu vasissare. || Th_962 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
953, agaru the MSS.--
955, voharantā [a] visāradā?--
957, vatthuṃ deest in B, khettakañ ca aj- C.--
958, vicarissanti A, vivadissanti B, mivadissanti C.--
959, siṅgi AC, sigi B.--
962, kicchantā AC, kiccantā B.-- vanapattāni A, panapantāni BC.
[page 088]
88 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
ye ye lābhaṃ labhissanti micchājīvaratā sadā,
te te ca anusikkhantā bhajissanti asaṃyatā. || Th_963 ||
ye ye alābhino lābhaṃ, na te pujjā bhavissare,
supesale pi te dhīre sevissanti na te tadā. || Th_964 ||
milakkhurajanaṃ rattaṃ garahantā sakaṃ dhajaṃ
titthiyānaṃ dhajaṃ keci dhāressanty avadātakaṃ. || Th_965 ||
agāravo ca kāsāve tadā tesaṃ bhavissati,
paṭisaṃkhā ca kāsāve bhikkhūnaṃ na bhavissati. || Th_966 ||
abhibhūtassa dukkhena sallaviddhassa ruppato
paṭisaṃkhā mahāghorā nāgassāsi acintiyā. || Th_967 ||
chaddanto hi tadā disvā surattaṃ arahaddhajaṃ
tāvad eva bhaṇī gāthā gajo atthopasañhitā: || Th_968 ||
anikkasāvo kāsāvaṃ yo vatthaṃ paridahissati
apeto damasaccena, na so kāsāvam arahati. || Th_969 ||
yo ca vantakasāv'; assa sīlesu susamāhito
upeto damasaccena, sa ve kāsāvam arahati. || Th_970 ||
vipannasīlo dummedho pākaṭo kāmakāriyo
vibbhantacitto nissukko, na so kāsāvam arahati. || Th_971 ||
yo ca sīlena sampanno vītarāgo samāhito
odātamanasaṃkappo, sa ve kāsāvam arahati. || Th_972 ||
uddhato unnaḷo bālo sīlaṃ yassa na vijjati,
odātakaṃ arahati, kāsāvaṃ kiṃ karissati. || Th_973 ||
bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca duṭṭhacittā anādarā
tādīnaṃ mettacittānaṃ niggaṇhissanti 'nāgate. || Th_974 ||
sikkhāpentāpi therehi bālā cīvaradhāraṇaṃ
na suṇissanti dummedhā pākaṭā kāmakāriyā. || Th_975 ||
te tathā sikkhitā bālā aññamaññaṃ agāravā
nādiyissant'; upajjhāye khaluṅko viya sārathiṃ. || Th_976 ||
evaṃ anāgataddhānaṃ paṭipatti bhavissati
bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnañ ca patte kālamhi pacchime. || Th_977 ||
purā āgacchate etaṃ anāgataṃ mahabbhayaṃ
subbacā hotha sakhilā aññamaññaṃ sagāravā. || Th_978 ||
mettacittā kāruṇikā hotha sīle susaṃvutā
āraddhaviriyā pahitattā niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamā. || Th_979 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
964, pujjā A, pūjā BC.--
965, dhārissanty the MSS.--
969-970 = Dhammap. 9-10; comp. Jāt. vol. ii. p. 198.--
976, sārati A, -thi B, -thī C.
[page 089]
TIṂSA-NIPĀTO. 89
pamādaṃ bhayato disvā appamādañ ca khemato
bhāveth'; aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ phusanti amataṃ padan
ti. || Th_980 ||
Phussathero.
yathācārī yathāsato satimā yathā saṃkappacariyāya appa-
matto
ajjhattarato susamāhitatto eko santusito, tam āhu bhi-
kkhuṃ. || Th_981 ||
allaṃ sukkhaṃ ca bhuñjanto na bāḷhaṃ suhito siyā,
ūnūdaro mitāhāro sato bhikkhu paribbaje. || Th_982 ||
cattāro pañca ālope abhutvā udakaṃ pive,
alaṃ phāsuvihārāya pahitattassa bhikkhuno. || Th_983 ||
kappiyatañ ca ādeti cīvaraṃ idamatthikaṃ,
alaṃ phāsuvihārāya pahitattassa bhikkhuno. || Th_984 ||
pallaṅkena nisinnassa jaṇṇuke nābhivassati,
alaṃ . . . || Th_985 ||
yo sukhaṃ dukkhato adda, dukkhaṃ addakkhi sallato,
ubhayantarena nāhosi, kena lokasmi kiṃ siyā. || Th_986 ||
mā me kadāci pāpiccho kusīto hīnavīriyo
appassuto anādaro, kena lokasmi kiṃ siyā. || Th_987 ||
bahussuto ca medhāvī sīlesu susamāhito
cetosamatham anuyutto api muddhani tiṭṭhatu. || Th_988 ||
yo papañcam anuyutto papañcābhirato mago,
virādhayī so nibbānaṃ yogakkhemaṃ anuttaraṃ. || Th_989 ||
yo ca papañcaṃ hitvāna nippapañcapathe rato,
ārādhayī so nibbānaṃ yogakkhemaṃ anuttaraṃ. || Th_990 ||
gāme vā yadi vāraññe ninne vā yadi vā thale,
yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmiṃ rāmaṇeyya-
kaṃ. || Th_991 ||
ramaṇīyā araññāni, yattha na ramatī jano,
vītarāgā ramissanti, na te kāmagavesino. || Th_992 ||
nidhīnaṃ va pavattāraṃ yaṃ passe vajjadassinaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
980, phusantaṃ?--
981 (comp. Dhammap. 362) yathā saṃkappacariyāya A, yaṃ vā saṃ-
(caṃ- B) kappacariyāyi BC.-- bhikkhu AC.--
982 seq.= Jāt. ii. p. 293 seq., Milindap. p. 407.--
982, va A, ca BC.--
984-985 desunt in C.--
984, idhamatthikaṃ B, idamatthikaṃ A.--
985 = Milindap. p. 366.--
986, adda AB, dakkhi C.-- ubhayantarena AC, ubhayanteyena B.--
987 = (Milindap. p. 396), anādāno BC, anādaro A. Possibly the reading
of the Milindap., anācāro, is correct.--
991-992 = Dhammap. 98-99.991, bhūmi ABC.
[page 090]
90 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
niggayhavādiṃ medhāviṃ, tādisaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhaje;
tādisaṃ bhajamānassa seyyo hoti na pāpiyo. || Th_993 ||
ovadeyyānusāseyya asabbhā ca nivāraye,
sataṃ hi so piyo hoti asataṃ hoti appiyo. || Th_994 ||
aññassa bhagavā buddho dhammaṃ desesi cakkhumā;
dhamme desiyamānamhi sotam odhesiṃ atthiko. || Th_995 ||
tam me amoghaṃ savanaṃ, vimutto 'mhi anāsavo.
n'; eva pubbenivāsāya na pi dibbassa cakkhuno || Th_996 ||
cetopariyāyaiddhiyā cutiyā upapattiyā
sotadhātuvisuddhiyā paṇidhī me na vijjati. || Th_997 ||
rukkhamūlaṃ va nissāya muṇḍo saṃghāṭipāruto
paññāya uttamo thero Upatisso 'va jhāyati. || Th_998 ||
avitakkaṃ samāpanno sammāsambuddhasāvako
ariyena tuṇhibhāvena upeto hoti tāvade. || Th_999 ||
yathāpi pabbato selo acalo supatiṭṭhito,
evaṃ mohakkhayā bhikkhu pabbato va na vedhati. || Th_1000 ||
anaṅgaṇassa posassa niccaṃ sucigavesino
vālaggamattaṃ pāpassa abbhāmattaṃ va khāyati. || Th_1001 ||
nābhinandāmi maraṇaṃ nābhinandāmi jīvitaṃ,
nikkhipissaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ sampajāno patissato. || Th_1002 ||
--pa-- nibbisaṃ bhatako yathā. || Th_1003 ||
ubhayenam idaṃ maraṇam eva nāmaraṇaṃ pacchā vā
pure vā;
paṭipajjatha mā vinassatha, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā. || Th_1004 ||
nagaraṃ yathā paccantaṃ guttaṃ santarabāhiraṃ
evaṃ gopetha attānaṃ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā,
khaṇātītā hi socanti nirayamhi samappitā. || Th_1005 ||
upasanto uparato mantabhāṇī anuddhato
dhunāti pāpake dhamme dumapattaṃ va māluto. || Th_1006 ||
upasanto --pa--
abbahi pāpake dhamme dumapattaṃ va māluto. || Th_1007 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
993-994 = Dhammap. 76-77.--
995, sodhesiṃ BC.--
998, nissāyaṃ A, -ya BC.-- ca jhāyati A, cabhayati B, cabhāyati C.--
1001 = 652.--
1004, idaṃ AC, adaṃ B.-- vinayatha BC.-- upajjhagā AC, upaccagā B.--
1005 comp. 403.-- upajjhagā AC, upaccagā B.--
1007, After --pa-- BC insert : adho pi pāpamāluto (-ḷuto C) --pa--
(--pe--). These may be the corrupted remains of a new stanza,
the rest of which we should have to supply from v. 1006; I think
it more probable, however, that it is a simple dittography.--
appāsi A, labhāmi C, labbhāmi B.
[page 091]
TIṂSA-NIPĀTO. 91
upasanto anāyāso vippasannamanāvilo
kalyāṇasīlo medhāvī dukkhass'; antakaro siyā. || Th_1008 ||
na vissase ekatiyesu evaṃ agārisu pabbajitesu cāpi;
sādhū pi hutvāna asādhu honti, asādhu hutvā puna sādhu
honti. || Th_1009 ||
kāmacchando ca byāpādo thīnamiddhañ ca bhikkhuno
uddhaccaṃ vicikicchā ca pañca te cittakelisā. || Th_1010 ||
yassa sakkariyamānassa asakkārena c'; ūbhayaṃ
samādhi na vikampati appamādavihārino: || Th_1011 ||
taṃ jhāyinaṃ sātatikaṃ sukhumadiṭṭhivipassakaṃ
upādānakkhayārāmaṃ āhu sappuriso iti. || Th_1012 ||
mahāsamuddo pathavī pabbato anilo pi ca
upamāya na yujjanti satthu varavimuttiyā. || Th_1013 ||
cakkānuvattako thero mahāñāṇī samāhito
pathavāpaggi samāno na rajjati na dussati. || Th_1014 ||
paññāpāramitaṃ patto mahābuddhi mahāmuni
ajaḷo jaḷasamāno sadā carati nibbuto. || Th_1015 ||
pariciṇṇo mayā satthā --pa-- || Th_1016 ||
sampādeth'; appamādena, esā me anusāsanī;
handāhaṃ parinibbissaṃ, vippamutto 'mhi sabbadhī-
ti. || Th_1017 ||
Sāriputto thero.
Pisunena ca kodhanena maccharinā ca vibhūtinandinā
sakhitaṃ na kareyya paṇḍito; pāpo kāpurisena saṃ-
gamo. || Th_1018 ||
saddhena ca pesalena ca paññavatā bahussutena ca
sakhitaṃ hi kareyya paṇḍito; bhaddo sappurisena saṃ-
gamo. || Th_1019 ||
passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ --pa-- || Th_1020 ||
bahussuto cittakathī buddhassa paricārako
pannabhāro visaññutto seyyaṃ kappeti Gotamo. || Th_1021 ||
khīṇāsavo visaññutto saṅgātīto sunibbuto
dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ jātimaraṇapāragu. || Th_1022 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1009, visāse A, vissaye BC.-- pi is wanting in A.--
1010, -keḷisā A, -kilisā B, -kīlisā C.--
1014, pathavāpaggi AB, paṭhavāpaggi C.--
1017 = 658.--
1018,1019, Probably we ought to insert "ca" after kodhanena and
paññavatā.--
1019, sakhitaṃ A, sakhihi B, sakhīhi C.--
1021, paricāriko the MSS.
[page 092]
92 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
yasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā dhammā buddhassādiccabandhuno
nibbānagamane magge, so 'yaṃ tiṭṭhati Gotamo. || Th_1023 ||
dvāsītiṃ buddhato gaṇhi, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto:
caturāsīti sahassāni ye 'me dhammā pavattino. || Th_1024 ||
appassuto 'yaṃ puriso balivaddo va jīrati,
maṃsāni tassa vaḍḍhanti, paññā tassa na vaḍḍhati. || Th_1025 ||
bahussuto appasutaṃ yo sutenātimaññati,
andho padīpadhāro va tath'; eva paṭibhāti maṃ. || Th_1026 ||
bahussutaṃ upāseyya sutañ ca na vināsaye;
taṃ mūlaṃ brahmacariyassa; tasmā dhammadharo
siyā. || Th_1027 ||
pubbāparaññū atthaññū niruttipadakovido
suggahītañ ca gaṇhāti atthañ copaparikkhati. || Th_1028 ||
khantyā chandikato hoti, ussahitvā tuleti taṃ,
samaye so padahati ajjhattaṃ susamāhito. || Th_1029 ||
bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ sappaññaṃ buddhasāvakaṃ
dhammaviññāṇaṃ ākaṅkhaṃ taṃ bhajetha tathāvi-
dhaṃ. || Th_1030 ||
bahussuto dhammadharo kosārakkho mahesino
cakkhu sabbassa lokassa pūjaneyyo bahussuto || Th_1031 ||
dhammārāmo dhammarato dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ
dhammaṃ anussaraṃ bhikkhu saddhammā na parihā-
yati. || Th_1032 ||
kāyamaccheragaruno hiyyamāne anuṭṭhahe
sarīrasukhagiddhassa kuto samaṇaphāsutā. || Th_1033 ||
na pakkhanti disā sabbā, dhammā na paṭibhanti maṃ,
gate kalyāṇamittamhi andhakāraṃ va khāyati. || Th_1034 ||
abbhatītasahāyassa atītagatasatthuno
n'; atthi etādisaṃ mittaṃ yathā kāyagatā sati. || Th_1035 ||
ye purāṇā atītā te, navehi na sameti me,
sv ajja eko 'va jhāyāmi vassupeto va pakkhimā. || Th_1036 ||
dassanāya atikkante nānāverajjake bahū
mā vārayittha sotāro, passantu samayo mamaṃ. || Th_1037 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1023, -gamane A, -gamana B, -gamanaṃ C.--
1029, chandikato AB, chandakato C.-- tuleti taṃ AC, tulethi taṃ B.--
samaye A, samayena BC.--
1033 (comp. 114), anuṭṭhahe A, anuddhaso BC.-- -giddhassa A,
-middhassa BC.--
1036, vassupeto A, vasupeto C. vasūpetā B.
[page 093]
TIṂSA-NIPĀTO. 93
dassanāya atikkante nānāverajjake puthū
karoti satthā okāsaṃ na nivāreti cakkhumā. || Th_1038 ||
paṇṇavīsativassāni sekhabhūtassa me sato
na kāmasaññā uppajji, passa dhammasudhammataṃ. || Th_1039 ||
paṇṇavīsativassāni sekhabhūtassa me sato
na dosasaññā uppajji, passa dhammasudhammataṃ. || Th_1040 ||
paṇṇavīsativassāni bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃ
mettena kāyakammena -- mettena vacikammena -- mettena
manokammena chāyā va anapāyinī. || Th_1041-1043 ||
buddhassa caṅkamantassa piṭṭhito anucaṅkamiṃ,
dhamme desiyamānamhi ñāṇaṃ me udapajjatha. || Th_1044 ||
ahaṃ sakaraṇīyo 'mhi sekho appattamānaso,
satthu ca parinibbānaṃ yo amhaṃ anukampako. || Th_1045 ||
tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ
sabbākāravarūpete sambuddhe parinibbute. || Th_1046 ||
bahussuto dhammadharo kosārakkho mahesino
cakkhu sabbassa lokassa Ānando parinibbuto. || Th_1047 ||
bahussuto dhammadharo --pa-- andhakāre tamonu-
do, || Th_1048 ||
gatimanto satīmanto dhitimanto ca yo isi
saddhammādhārako thero Ānando ratanākaro. || Th_1049 ||
pariciṇṇo mayā satthā --pa--. || Th_1050 ||
Ānando thero.
uddānaṃ:
Phusso Upatisso Ānando tayo 'ti 'me pakittitā;
gāthāyo tattha saṃkhātā sataṃ pañca ca uttarīti.
niṭṭhito Tiṃsanipāto.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1041-1043, anupāyini A, anupārini B (at v. 1041; 1042-3 desunt),
anapāyani and anapāyinī C. Comp. Dhammap. 2.--
1044, ñāṇaṃ meva A, ñāṇa me B, ñāṇam eva C.--
1046 = Mahāparinibbāna Sutta p. 62.
[page 094]
94 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
CATTĀLĪSANIPĀTO.
Na gaṇena purakkhato care, vimano hoti, samādhi dullabho;
nānājanasaṃgaho dukkho iti disvāna gaṇaṃ na roca-
ye. || Th_1051 ||
na kulāni upabbaje muni, vimano hoti, samādhi dullabho;
so ussuko rasānugiddho atthaṃ riñcati yo sukhāvaho. || Th_1052 ||
paṅko 'ti hi naṃ avedayuṃ yāyaṃ vandanapūjanā kulesu,
sukhumaṃ sallaṃ durubbahaṃ, sakkāro kāpurisena dujja-
ho. || Th_1053 ||
senāsanamhā oruyha nagaraṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ,
bhuñjantaṃ purisaṃ kuṭṭhiṃ sakkaccaṃ taṃ upaṭṭha-
hiṃ. || Th_1054 ||
so taṃ pakkena hattena ālopaṃ upanāmayi;
ālopaṃ pakkhipantassa aṅgulī p'; ettha chijjatha. || Th_1055 ||
kuḍḍamūlañ ca nissāya ālopan taṃ abhuñjisaṃ,
bhuñjamāne ca bhutte vā jegucchaṃ me na vijjati. || Th_1056 ||
uttiṭṭhapiṇḍo āhāro pūtimuttañ ca osadhaṃ
senāsanaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ paṃsukūlañ ca cīvaraṃ:
yass'; ete abhisambhutvā, sa ve cātuddiso naro. || Th_1057 ||
yattha eke vihaññanti āruhanto siluccayaṃ,
tassa buddhassa dāyādo sampajāno patissato
iddhibalen'; upatthaddho Kassapo abhirūhati. || Th_1058 ||
piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto selam āruyha Kassapo
jhāyati anupādāno pahīnabhayabheravo. || Th_1059 ||
piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto selam āruyha Kassapo
jhāyati anupādāno ḍayhamānesu nibbuto. || Th_1060 ||
piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto selam āruyha Kassapo
jhāyati anupādāno katakicco anāsavo. || Th_1061 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1052, upabbaje A, uppajje C, upajjhe B.-- sukhāvaho A, sukhāvaho so B,
sukhāvahāso C. sukhādhivāho? Comp. 494.--
1053 (= 495), dujjahaṃ A, dadujjahaṃ B, dadujjalaṃhaṃ C.--
1054 seq.= Milindap. p. 395.--
1055, taṃpakkena A, haṃsakena BC. Perhaps we should read tambakena,
comp. Boehtlingk-Roth s. v. tāmra, 2, a.-- pettha C, vettha corr. to
pettha A, peta B.--
1056, kuṭṭamūlaṃ A, kaṭṭham- C, kaṭṭum- B.--
1057, abhisambhūtā? Comp., however, M. Senart's note on Mahāvastu I.
p. 41, 1. 6.-- sa ve catuddiso A, sa ve sāt- B, saccotuddiso C.--
1058, āruhanto A, arūhanto B, arahanto C.
[page 095]
CATTĀLĪSA-NIPĀTO. 95
karerimālāvitatā bhūmibhāgā manoramā
kuñjarābhirudā rammā te selā ramayanti maṃ. || Th_1062 ||
nīlabbhavaṇṇā rucirā vārisītā sucindharā
indagopakasañchannā te selā ramayanti maṃ. || Th_1063 ||
nīlabbhakūṭasadisā kūṭāgāravarūpamā
vāraṇābhirudā rammā te selā ramayanti maṃ. || Th_1064 ||
abhivuṭṭhā rammatalā nagā isibhi sevitā
abbhunnaditā sikhīhi te selā ramayanti maṃ. || Th_1065 ||
alaṃ jhāyitukāmassa pahitattassa me sato;
alaṃ me atthakāmassa pahitattassa bhikkhuno; || Th_1066 ||
alaṃ me phāsukāmassa pahitattassa bhikkhuno;
alaṃ me yogakāmassa pahitattassa tādino. || Th_1067 ||
ummāpupphavasamānā gaganā v'; abbhachāditā
nānādijagaṇākiṇṇā te selā ramayanti maṃ. || Th_1068 ||
anākiṇṇā gahaṭṭhehi migasaṃghanisevitā
nānādijagaṇākiṇṇā te selā ramayanti maṃ. || Th_1069 ||
acchodikā . . . (= 113,601) || Th_1070 ||
na pañcaṅgikena turiyena rati me hoti tādisī
yathā ekaggacittassa sammā dhammaṃ vipassato. || Th_1071 ||
kammaṃ bahukaṃ . . . (= 494) || Th_1072 ||
kammaṃ bahukaṃ na kāraye, parivajjeyya anatthaneyyam
etaṃ,
kicchati kāyo kilamati, dukkhito so samathaṃ na
vindati. || Th_1073 ||
oṭṭhapahatamattena attānaṃ pi na passati,
patthaddhagīvo carati, ahaṃ seyyo 'ti maññati. || Th_1074 ||
aseyyo seyyasamānaṃ bālo maññati attānaṃ,
na taṃ viññū pasaṃsanti patthaddhamanasaṃ naraṃ. || Th_1075 ||
yo ca seyyo 'ham asmīti, nāhaṃ seyyo 'ti vā puna,
hīno 'haṃ sadiso vā ti vidhāsu na vikampati, || Th_1076 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1062, -rudā AC, -ruddhā B.--
1063 (= 13), vārisitā A, vāriyitā BC.-- sucindharā A, sucindarā BC.-
1064, -kuṭṭa- AC, -kuṭa- B.-- varaṇābhirudā AC, vāraṇābhirutā B.--
1065, abhivaḍḍhā C, abhivaḍhā B.-- āgunditā sikhinibhī C, agundaditā
sikhinibhi B.--
1067 (first hemistich), pah- sikkhatho B.--
1068, -pupphena samānā A, -puppho vasamānā B, -pupphavasāmānā C.--
vabbhachāditā A, vambhach- BC.--
1071, na deest in BC.--
1072 (see 494, 1052), ussukko so A, ussuko so BC (instesd of so ussuko).--
sukhāvaho A, sukhāvivāhā B, sukhāvivāho C.--
1073, anatthaneyyam A, anuttaneyyam C, anatthameyyam B.--
1076, hino taṃ sadiso A, hīno hīnasadiso C, hino hitaṃ sadiso B. Comp.
Childers. v. vidhā.
[page 096]
96 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
paññavantaṃ tathāvādiṃ sīlesu susamāhitaṃ
cetosamathasaṃyuttaṃ tañ ca viññū pasaṃsare. || Th_1077 ||
yassa sabrahmacārīsu gāravo n'; ūpalabbhati,
ārakā hoti saddhammā nabhaso puthavī yathā. || Th_1078 ||
yesañ ca hiriottappaṃ sadā sammā upaṭṭhitaṃ,
virūḷhabrahmacariyā, tesaṃ khīṇā punabbhavā. || Th_1079 ||
uddhato capalo bhikkhu paṃsukūlena pāruto
kapi va sīhacammena na so ten'; upasobhati. || Th_1080 ||
anuddhato acapalo nipako saṃvutindriyo
sobhati paṃsukūlena sīho va girigabbhare. || Th_1081 ||
ete sambahulā devā iddhimanto yasassino
dasa devasahassāni sabbe te brahmakāyikā || Th_1082 ||
dhammasenāpatiṃ dhīraṃ mahājhāyiṃ samāhitaṃ
Sāriputtaṃ namassantā tiṭṭhantī pañjalīkatā: || Th_1083 ||
namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama,
yassa te nāhijānāma yaṃ pi nissāya jhāyati. || Th_1084 ||
accheraṃ vata buddhānaṃ gambhīro gocaro sako,
ye mayaṃ nābhijānāma vālavedhī samāgatā. || Th_1085 ||
taṃ tathā devakāyehi pūjitaṃ pūjanārahaṃ
Sāriputtaṃ tadā disvā Kappinassa sitaṃ ahū. || Th_1086 ||
yāvatā buddhakhettamhi ṭhapayitvā mahāmuniṃ
dhutaguṇe visiṭṭho 'haṃ, sadiso me na vijjati. || Th_1087 ||
pariciṇṇo mayā satthā --pa--. || Th_1088 ||
na cīvare na sayane bhojane n'; upalippati
Gotamo anappameyyo maḷālipupphaṃ vimalaṃ va ambunā
nikkhammaninno tibhavābhinissaṭo. || Th_1089 ||
satipaṭṭhānagīvo so saddhāhattho mahāmuni
paññāsīso mahāñāṇī sadā carati nibbuto 'ti. || Th_1090 ||
Mahākassapo thero.
uddānaṃ.
Cattālīsanipātamhi Mahākassapasvhayo
eko 'va thero, gāthāyo cattālīsa duve 'pi cā 'ti.
Cattālīsanipāto samatto.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1077, tathā tādi A, tathāvādi BC.--
1078, comp. 278.--
1083, tiṭṭhanti the MSS.--
1084, nābhijānāmi BC.--
1089, sayanena BC.-- nupalimpati A, na palimpate BC.
[page 097]
PAÑÑĀSA-NIPĀTO. 97
PAÑÑĀSANIPĀTO.
Kadā nu 'haṃ pabbatakandarāsu ekākiyo addutiyo vihassaṃ
aniccato sabbabhavaṃ vipassaṃ, taṃ me idaṃ taṃ nu kadā
bhavissati. || Th_1091 ||
kadā nu 'haṃ bhinnapaṭandharo muni kāsāvavattho amamo
nirāsayo
rāgañ ca dosañ ca tath'; eva mohaṃ hantvā sukhī pavana-
gato vihassaṃ. || Th_1092 ||
kadā aniccaṃ vadharoganīḷaṃ kāyaṃ imaṃ maccujarāy'
upaddutaṃ
vipassamāno vītabhayo vihassaṃ eko vane, taṃ nu kadā
bhavissati. || Th_1093 ||
kadā nu 'haṃ bhayajananiṃ dukkhāvahaṃ taṇhālataṃ
bahuvidhānuvattaniṃ
paññāmayaṃ tikhiṇaṃ asiṃ gahetvā chetvā vase, tam pi
kadā bhavissati. || Th_1094 ||
kadā nu paññāmayam uggatejaṃ satthaṃ isīnaṃ sahasā-
diyitvā
Māraṃ sasenaṃ sahasā bhañjissaṃ sīhāsane, taṃ nu kadā
bhavissati. || Th_1095 ||
kadā nu 'haṃ sabbhi samāgamesu diṭṭho bhave dhamma-
garūhi tādihi
yathāvadassīhi jitindriyehi padhāniyo, taṃ nu kadā bha-
vissati. || Th_1096 ||
kadā nu maṃ tandikhudāpipāsā vātātapā kīṭasiriṃsapā vā
nibādhayissanti na taṃ Giribbaje attatthiyaṃ, taṃ nu
kadā bhavissati. || Th_1097 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1092, pavanagato A, savanagato BC.--
1093, vitabhayo A, vigatabhayo BC.--
1096, yāthāvadassīhi (-ihi B) AB, yathāvadassihī C.--
1097, na bādhiyassanti A, nibbādhiyassanti BC.-- attatthiyaṃ B,
atth- AC.
[page 098]
98 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
kadā nu kho yaṃ viditaṃ mahesinā cattāri saccāni
sududdasāni
samāhitatto satimā agacchaṃ paññāya taṃ, taṃ nu kadā
bhavissati. || Th_1098 ||
kadā nu rūpe amite ca sadde gandhe rase phusitabbe ca
dhamme
ādittato 'haṃ samathehi yutto paññāya dakkhaṃ, tad idaṃ
kadā me. || Th_1099 ||
kadā nu 'haṃ dubbacanena vutto tatonimittaṃ vimano na
hessaṃ,
atho pasaṭṭho pi tatonimittaṃ tuṭṭho na hessaṃ, tad idaṃ
kadā me. || Th_1100 ||
kadā nu kaṭṭhe ca tiṇe latā ca khandhe ime 'haṃ anite ca
dhamme
ajjhattikān'; eva ca bāhirāni ca samaṃ tuleyyaṃ, tad idaṃ
kadā me. || Th_1101 ||
kadā nu maṃ pāvusakālamegho navena toyena sacīvaraṃ
vane
isippayātamhi pathe vajantaṃ ovassate, taṃ nu kadā bha-
vissati. || Th_1102 ||
kadā mayūrassa sikhaṇḍino vane dijassa sutvā girigabbhare
rutaṃ
paccuṭṭhahitā amatassa pattiyā saṃcintaye, taṃ nu kadā
bhavissati. || Th_1103 ||
kadā nu Gaṅgaṃ Yamunaṃ Sarassatiṃ pātālakhittaṃ
baḷavāmukhañ ca
asajjamāno patareyyam iddhiyā vibhiṃsanaṃ, taṃ nu
kadā bhavissati. || Th_1104 ||
kadā nu nāgo va saṃgāmacārī padālaye kāmaguṇesu
chandaṃ
nibbajjayaṃ sabbasubhaṃ nimittaṃ jhāne yuto, taṃ nu
kadā bhavissati. || Th_1105 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1098, agacchaṃ AC, āg- B.--
1099, dajjaṃ A, chekhaṃ C, decchaṃ B.--
1103, saṃcintaye A, sacijentuye B, sajentuye C.--
1104, comp. Rigveda X. 75, 5.-- balavāmukhañ ca AB, balavāmunañ ca C.
Comp. Boehtlingk-Roth s. v. vaḍavāmukha.-- asajjamāno A, ajjamāno B,
aghaccamāno C.-- vībhiṃsanaṃ (corr. to vibh-) A, vibhisanaṃ B,
vihiṃsanaṃ C.--
1105, nibbajjayaṃ A, nibbajjissaṃ B, nippajjissaṃ C.
[page 099]
PAÑÑĀSA-NIPĀTO. 99
kadā iṇaṭṭo va daḷiddako nidhiṃ ārādhayitvā dhanikehi
pīḷito
tuṭṭho bhavissaṃ adhigamma sāsanaṃ mahesino, taṃ nu
kadā bhavissati. || Th_1106 ||
bahūni vassāni tayāmhi yācito: agāravāsena alaṃ nu te
idaṃ;
taṃ dāni maṃ pabbajitaṃ samānaṃ kiṃkāraṇaṃ citta
tuvaṃ na yuñjasi. || Th_1107 ||
nanu ahaṃ citta tayāmhi yācito: Giribbaje citrachadā
vihaṃgamā
mahindaghosatthanitābhigajjino te taṃ ramissanti vanamhi
jhāyinaṃ. || Th_1108 ||
kulamhi mitte ca piye ca ñātake khiḍḍāratiṃ kāmaguṇañ
ca loke
sabbaṃ pahāya idam ajjhupāgato, atho pi tvaṃ citta na
mayha tussasi. || Th_1109 ||
mam'; eva etaṃ, na hi taṃ paresaṃ; sannāhakāle paridevi-
tena kiṃ.
sabbam idaṃ calaṃ iti pekkhamāno abhinikkhamiṃ ama-
taṃ padaṃ jigīsaṃ. || Th_1110 ||
suvuttavādī dvipadānam uttamo mahābhisakko naradamma-
sārathi:
cittaṃ calaṃ makkaṭasannibhaṃ iti avītarāgena sudunni-
vāriyaṃ. || Th_1111 ||
kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā aviddasū yattha sitā
puthujjanā,
te dukkham icchanti punabbhavesino cittena nītā niraye
niraṃkatā. || Th_1112 ||
mayūrakoñcābhirudamhi kānane dīpīhi byagghehi pu-
rakkhato vasaṃ
kāye apekkhaṃ jaha mā virāye, iti ssu maṃ citta pure
niyuñjasi. || Th_1113 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1106, inaṭṭā corr. to -ṭṭo A, inaṭṭho C, iṇaṭho B.--
1107, na yuñjasi A, viyuñjasi B, visujjhati C.--
1108, mahindaghosatthanitābhigajjino A, mahindagosattanitābhivajjino C,
mahiddhaghosattanitābhivajjino B. Read, sumañjugho-
satthanitābhigajjino (v. 1136).--
1110, sabba idaṃ AB, sabbaṃ idaṃ C.--
1111, suyuttavādī A, suvutt- BC.-- sudunnivārayaṃ AB, sudujjanivārayaṃ C.--
1112, nirākatā AB, nirākathā C.--
1113, jaha mā virāye A, jaha padhāraya B, pajahī padhāraya C.
jaha mā vicāraya?
[page 100]
100 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
bhāvehi jhānāni ca indriyāni ca balāni bojjhaṅgasamādhi-
bhāvanā
tisso ca vijjā phusa buddhasāsane, iti ssu maṃ citta pure
niyuñjasi. || Th_1114 ||
bhāvehi maggaṃ amatassa pattiyā niyyānikaṃ sabba-
dukhakkhayogadhaṃ
atthaṅgikaṃ sabbakilesasodhanaṃ, iti ssu . . . || Th_1115 ||
dukkhan ti khandhe paṭipassa yoniso, yato ca dukkhaṃ
samudeti taṃ jaha,
idh'; eva dukkhassa karohi antaṃ, iti ssu . . . || Th_1116 ||
aniccaṃ dukkhan ti vipassa yoniso suññaṃ anattā 'ti
aghaṃ vadhan ti ca,
manovicāre uparundha cetaso, iti ssu . . . || Th_1117 ||
muṇḍo virūpo abhisāpam āgato kapālahattho 'va kulesu
bhikkhasu,
yuñjassu satthu vacane mahesino, iti ssu . . . || Th_1118 ||
susaṃvutatto visikhantaraṃ caraṃ kulesu kāmesu asaṅga-
mānaso
cando yathā dosinapuṇṇamāsiyā, iti ssu . . . || Th_1119 ||
āraññiko hoti ca piṇḍapātiko, sosāniko hoti ca paṃsukūliko,
nesajjiko hoti sadā dhute rato, iti ssu . . . || Th_1120 ||
ropetvā rukkhāni yathā phalesī mūle taruṃ chettu tam
eva icchasi,
tath'; ūpamaṃ citta idaṃ karosi yaṃ maṃ aniccamhi cale
niyuñjasi. || Th_1121 ||
arūpa dūraṃgama ekacāri na te karissaṃ vacanaṃ idāni 'haṃ,
dukkhā hi kāmā kaṭukā mahabbhayā, nibbānam evābhi-
mano carissaṃ. || Th_1122 ||
nāhaṃ alakkhyā ahirīkatāya vā na cittahetū na ca dūra-
kantanā
ājīvahetū ca ahaṃ na nikkhamiṃ, kato ca te citta paṭissavo
mayā. || Th_1123 ||
appicchatā sappurisehi vaṇṇitā makkhappahānaṃ vūpasamo
dukkhassa:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1117, uparūnda A, uparuddha BC.--
1118, abhisāsam BC.-- va A, ca C, deest in B.--
1120, I think that hoti should be corrected throughout into hohi.--
1121, icchati?--
1123, dūrakantanā A, durākattanā C, durākantanā B.
[page 101]
PAÑÑĀSA-NIPĀTO. 101
iti ssu maṃ citta tadā niyuñjasi, idāni tvaṃ gacchasi
pubbaciṇṇaṃ. || Th_1124 ||
taṇhaṃ avijjañ ca piyāpiyañ ca subhāni rūpāni sukhā ca
vedanā
manāpiyā kāmaguṇā ca vantā, vante ahaṃ āgamituṃ na
ussahe. || Th_1125 ||
sabbattha te citta vaco kataṃ mayā, bahūsu, jātīsu na me
'si kopito,
ajjhattasambhavo kataññutāya te, dukkhe ciraṃ saṃsaritaṃ
tayā kate. || Th_1126 ||
tvañ ñeva no citta karosi brāhmaṇo tvaṃ khattiyā rājadisī
karosi,
vessā ca suddā ca bhavāma ekadā, devattanaṃ vāpi tav'
eva vāhasā. || Th_1127 ||
tav'; eva hetū asurā bhavāmase, tvaṃmūlakaṃ nerayikā
bhavāmase,
atho tiracchānagatāpi ekadā, petattanaṃ vāpi tav'; eva
vāhasā. || Th_1128 ||
na nūna dubbhissasi maṃ punappunaṃ muhuṃ muhuṃ
vāraṇikaṃ va dassahaṃ;
ummattaken'; eva mayā palobhasi; kiñ cāpi te citta virādhi-
taṃ mayā. || Th_1129 ||
idaṃ pure . . . (= 77) || Th_1130 ||
satthā ca me lokam imaṃ adhiṭṭhahi aniccato addhuvato
asārato;
pakkhanda maṃ citta jinassa sāsane, tārehi oghā mahato
suduttarā. || Th_1131 ||
na te idaṃ citta yathāpurāṇakaṃ, nāhaṃ alaṃ tuyha vase
nivattituṃ;
mahesino pabbajito 'mhi sāsane; na mādisā honti vinā-
sadhārino. || Th_1132 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1124, vupasamo A, vasamo BC.--
1125, manopiyā, BC.-- vante A, vane BC.-- na deest in A.--
1126, ajjhattasambhavo A, ajjhattasambhavā B, ajjhatthasambhavo C.--
1127, brāhmaṇe?-- khattiye?-- rājadisi corr. to -sī A, rājasidi B,
rājasidī C. rāja-isī?--
1128, asūrā A, asubhaṃ BC.--
1129, nanu dubbhissasī A, na nuna dutissasī (-si C) BC.--
cāraṇikaṃ va dassahaṃ A, vāraṇikaṃ vassāhaṃ B, vāranika
cassātaṃ C. vāraṇakaṃ va dussahaṃ?--
1132, na taṃ alaṃ A, nāhaṃ alaṃ BC.-- vase 'nuvattituṃ?
[page 102]
102 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
nagā samuddā saritā vasundharā disā catasso vidisā adhodisā
sabbe aniccā tibhavā upaddutā, kuhiṃ gato citta sukhaṃ
ramissasi. || Th_1133 ||
dhī dhī paraṃ kiṃ mama citta kāhasi; na te alaṃ citta
vasānuvattako.
na jātu bhastaṃ dubhato mukhaṃ chupe; dhir atthu pūraṃ
navasotasandani. || Th_1134 ||
varāhaeṇeyyavigāḷhasevite pabbhārakūṭe pakaṭe 'va sundare
navambunā pāvusasittakānane tahiṃ guhāgehagato rami-
ssasi. || Th_1135 ||
sunīlagīvā susikhā supekhuṇā sucittapattacchadanā vihaṃ-
gamā
sumañjughosatthanitābhigajjino te taṃ ramissanti vanamhi
jhāyinaṃ. || Th_1136 ||
vuṭṭhamhi deve caturaṅgule tiṇe sampupphite meghani-
bhamhi kānane
nagantare viṭapisamo sayissaṃ, taṃ me mudu hohiti tūla-
sannibhaṃ. || Th_1137 ||
tathā tu kassāmi yathāpi issaro; yaṃ labbhatī tena pi hotu
me alaṃ;
taṃ taṃ karissāmi yathā atandito biḷārabhastaṃ va yathā
sumadditaṃ. || Th_1138 ||
tathā tu kassāmi yathāpi issaro; yaṃ labbhatī tena pi hotu
me alaṃ;
viriyena taṃ mayha vas'; ānayissaṃ gajaṃ va mattaṃ ku-
salaṅkusaggaho. || Th_1139 ||
tayā sudantena avaṭṭhitena hi hayena yoggācariyo va ujjunā
pahomi maggaṃ paṭipajjituṃ sivaṃ cittānurakkhīhi sadā
nisevitaṃ. || Th_1140 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1134, dhī dhī p- C, dhi dhi p- B, dhitapp- A.-- na te alaṃ cittaṃ vassa-
(corr. to vasā-) navattiko A, na te alacchandavasānupattato B,
na te acchandavasānuppatto C.-- na jātu bhastaṃ A, nānāsubhantaraṃ B,
na jātu antaraṃ C.-- dhīr atthu pūraṃ navasotasandani A, varatthu
puraṃ na- (ta- C) vasotaṃ sandanī (-ti C) BC.--
1135, -kuṭṭe A, -kuṭe B, -kūṭe C.-- pāvusasitt- A, pāvisisatt- C,
pāvusicitt- B.-- tahiṃ A, tati B, taṃtī C.-- -gehagato A, lokamito C,
lokato B.--
1136, -ghosatthanitābhigajjino A, -ghosattanikābhigajjino BC. Comp. 1108.--
1137, meghanibhamhi A, -nitamhi B, -dhanimhi C.-- viṭṭapisamo A,
vitabhisamo BC.--
1138, taṃ taṃ k- C, taṃ k- B, taṃ nāyan (corr. to nāhan) taṃ k- A.--
bīḷārasastaṃ (corr. to -bhastaṃ) A, bhiḷāratavasaṃ B, bhilāratassā
va C.-- sum- A, sam- BC.--
1140, avaṭṭhitena A, avattitena BC.
[page 103]
PAÑÑĀSA-NIPĀTO. 103
ārammaṇe taṃ balasā nibandhisaṃ nāgaṃ va thambhamhi
daḷhāya rajjuyā,
taṃ me suguttaṃ satiyā subhāvitaṃ anissitaṃ sabbabhavesu
hehisi. || Th_1141 ||
paññāya chetvā vipathānusārinaṃ yogena niggayha pathe
nivesiya
disvā samudayaṃ vibhavañ ca sambhavaṃ dāyādako hehisi
aggavādino. || Th_1142 ||
catubbipallāsavasaṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ gāmaṇḍalaṃ va parinesi
citta maṃ
nanu saññojanabandhanacchidaṃ saṃsevase kāruṇikaṃ
mahāmuniṃ. || Th_1143 ||
migo yathā seri sucittakānane rammaṃ giriṃ pāvisi abbhaḷ
mālinaṃ,
anākule tattha nage ramissasi, asaṃsayaṃ citta parābha-
vissasi. || Th_1144 ||
ye tuyha chandena vasena vattino narā ca nārī ca anubhon-
ti yaṃ sukhaṃ,
aviddasū Māravasānuvattino bhavābhinandī tava citta se-
vakā 'ti. || Th_1145 ||
Tālapuṭo thero.
uddānaṃ:
Paññāsamhi nipātamhi eko Tālapuṭo suci,
gāthāyo tattha paññāsa puna pañca ca uttarīti.
Paññāsanipāto samatto.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1141, balasā A, balavasā BC.--
1142, vipatānusārinaṃ A, vivathānusārinaṃ (-sārinī C) BC.-- nivesiyaṃ
(corr. to -ya) A, nivesaya B, nivesayi C.-- disvā samudayaṃ A,
disā samuddaṃ (-dda B) BC.--
1143, catubbipallāsavasaṃ A, catuvipallāsamayaṃ C,
catutthavipallāsacasaṃ B.-- nanu A, anu BC.--
1144, seri sucitta- A, serī suvitta- B, seri suvitta- C.-- pāvisi C,
pāvīsi B, pāvusa A.-- -māliniṃ A, -mālinī C, -mālini B.--
1145, sevakā BC, sāvakā A.-- Tālamuṭṭho corr. to Tālapuṭo A,
Bhālapuṭo B, Kālaphuṭo C.--
Uddāna : Tālapuṭo AB, Kālaphuṭo C.
[page 104]
104 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
SAṬṬHIKANIPĀTO.
Āraññakā piṇḍapātikā uñchāpattāgate ratā
dālemu Maccuno senaṃ ajjhattaṃ susamāhitā. || Th_1146 ||
āraññakā piṇḍapātikā uñchāpattāgate ratā
dhunāma Maccuno senaṃ naḷāgāraṃ va kuñjaro. || Th_1147 ||
rukkhamūlikā sātatikā uñchāpattāgate ratā
dālemu . . . susamāhitā. || Th_1148 ||
rukkhamūlikā sāt. uñch. r.
dhunāma . . . kuñjaro. || Th_1149 ||
aṭṭhikaṅkalakuṭike maṃsanhāruppasibbite
dhir atthu pūre duggandhe paragatte mamāyase || Th_1150 ||
gūthabhaste taconaddhe uragaṇḍapisācini
nava sotāni te kāye yāni sandanti sabbadā. || Th_1151 ||
tava sarīraṃ navasotaṃ duggandhaṃ kariparibandha,
bhikkhu parivajjayate taṃ mīḷhaṃ va yathā sucikā-
mo. || Th_1152 ||
evañ ce taṃ jano jaññā yathā jānāmi taṃ ahaṃ,
ārakā parivajjeyya gūthaṭṭhānaṃ va pāvuse. || Th_1153 ||
evam etaṃ mahāvīra yathā samaṇa bhāsasi,
ettha c'; eke visīdanti paṅkamhi va jaraggavo. || Th_1154 ||
ākāsamhi haliddāya yo maññetha rajetave
aññena vāpi raṅgena, vighātudayam eva taṃ. || Th_1155 ||
tadākāsasamaṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ susamāhitaṃ;
mā pāpacitte āhari aggikkhandhaṃ va pakkhimā. || Th_1156 ||
passa cittakataṃ bimbam --pa-- || Th_1157 ||
tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ
anekākārasampanne Sāriputtamhi nibbute. || Th_1158 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1150, pure the MSS. Comp. 279.-- paragatte mamāyase A, paratatthe
pamāyase B, paramanne mamāyase C.--
1151, gudhabhaste AB, guthabhatthe C. -- uragaṇḍip- A, uragaṇhap- C,
uregaṇhap- B.--
1152, tava sarīraṃ A, bhavassadīsaṃ (-disaṃ C) BC.-- navaṃ sotaṃ BC.--
kariparibandha A, kariparipaṇhi B, paripaṇhiya C. Possibly the
first member of this compound is karīsa.-- va BC, ca A.--
1155, haliddhiyā A, va haliddhiyā BC. haliddāya?-- -uddayam A,
uddassam BC.--
1156, āsīdi? comp. 1173, 1204.--
1158 comp. 1046.
[page 105]
SAṬṬHIKA-NIPĀTO. 105
aniccā vata saṃkhārā --pa-- || Th_1159 ||
sukhumaṃ paṭivijjhanti vālaggam usunā yathā
ye pañca khandhe passanti parato no ca attato. || Th_1160 ||
ye ca passanti saṃkhāre parato no ca attato,
paccabyādhiṃsu nipuṇaṃ vālaggaṃ usunā yathā. || Th_1161 ||
sattiyā viya omaṭṭho . . . (= 39,40.) || Th_1162-1163 ||
codito bhāvitattena sarīrantimadhārinā
Migāramātu pāsādaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayiṃ. || Th_1164 ||
na yidaṃ sithilam ārabbha na yidaṃ appena thāmasā
nibbānam adhigantabbaṃ sabbaganthapamocanaṃ. || Th_1165 ||
ayañ ca daharo bhikkhu, ayam uttamaporiso
dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ jetvā Māraṃ savāhanaṃ. || Th_1166 ||
vivaram anupatanti vijjutā Vebhārassa ca Paṇḍavassa ca,
nagavivaragato ca jhāyati putto appaṭimassa tādino. || Th_1167 ||
upasanto uparato pantasenāsano muni
dāyādo buddhaseṭṭhassa Brahmunā abhivandito. || Th_1168 ||
upasantaṃ uparataṃ pantasenāsanaṃ muniṃ
dāyādaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa vanda brāhmaṇa Kassapaṃ. || Th_1169 ||
yo ca jātisataṃ gacche sabbā brāhmaṇajātiyo
sotthiyo vedasampanno manussesu punappunaṃ, || Th_1170 ||
ajjhāyako pi ce assa tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū,
etassa vandanāy'; ekaṃ kalaṃ n'; agghati soḷasiṃ. || Th_1171 ||
yo so aṭṭha vimokkhāni purebhattaṃ apassayi
anulomaṃ paṭilomaṃ, tato piṇḍāya gacchati: || Th_1172 ||
tādisaṃ bhikkhuṃ māhari, māttānaṃ khaṇi brāhmaṇa,
abhippasādehi manaṃ arahantamhi tādine,
khippaṃ pañjaliko vanda mā te vijaṭi matthakaṃ. || Th_1173 ||
na so passati saddhammaṃ saṃsārena purakkhato,
acaṅkamaṃ jimhapathaṃ kumaggam anudhāvati. || Th_1174 ||
kimī va mīḷhasallitto saṃkhāre adhimucchito
pagāḷho lābhasakkāre tuccho gacchati Poṭṭhilo. || Th_1175 ||
imañ ca passa āyantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ sudassanaṃ
vimuttaṃ ubhatobhāge ajjhattaṃ susamāhitaṃ.'; || Th_1176 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1161, paccabyādhiṃsu A, pañcabyādhisu BC.--
1164, kampayi BC.--
1165, appena thāmasā A, appejhānayāmasā B, ajjhānathāmasā C.--
sabbagandhasamocanaṃ AB, samevaṇaṃ C.--
1167 = 41.-- nabhavivaragato jhāyati ABC.--
1171, etaṃ BC, ekaṃ A.--
1172, apassayi AC, aph- B.--
1173, māsīdi? comp. 1156, 1189-- viphali matthakaṃ?--
1174, na so A, neso BC.-- acaṃkamaṃ C, acaṅgamaṃ B, ajjhagamaṃ A.
[page 106]
106 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
visallaṃ khīṇasaṃyogaṃ tevijjaṃ maccuhāyinaṃ
dakkhiṇeyyaṃ manussānaṃ puññakhettam anuttaraṃ. || Th_1177 ||
ete sambahulā devā iddhimanto yasassino
dasa devasahassāni sabbe brahmapurohitā
Moggallānaṃ namassantā tiṭṭhantī pañjalīkatā: || Th_1178 ||
namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama,
yassa te āsavā khīṇā, dakkhiṇeyyo 'si mārisa. || Th_1179 ||
pūjito naradevena uppanno maraṇābhibhū
puṇḍarīkaṃ va toyena saṃkhāre nopalippati. || Th_1180 ||
yasse muhutte sahassadhā loko saṃvidito, sa Brahmakappo
vasī iddhiguṇe cutūpapāte kāle passati devatā sa bhi-
kkhu. || Th_1181 ||
Sāriputto va paññāya sīlena upasamena ca,
yo pi pāraṃgato bhikkhu etāvaparamo siyā. || Th_1182 ||
koṭisatasahassassa attabhāvaṃ khaṇena nimmine,
ahaṃ vikubbanāsu kusalo vasībhūto 'mhi iddhiyā. || Th_1183 ||
samādhivijjāvasi pāramīgato Moggallānagotto asitassa sā-
sane
dhīro samucchindi samāhitindriyo nāgo yathā pūtilataṃ va
bandhanaṃ. || Th_1184 ||
pariciṇṇo . . . (= 604,605) || Th_1185-1186 ||
kīdiso nirayo āsi yattha Dussī apaccatha
Vidhuraṃ sāvakam āsajja Kakusandhañ ca brāhmaṇaṃ. || Th_1187 ||
satam āsi ayosaṅkū sabbe paccattavedanā:
īdiso nirayo āsi yattha Dussī apaccatha
Vidhuraṃ sāvakam āsajja Kakusandhañ ca brāhmaṇaṃ. || Th_1188 ||
yo etam abhijānāti bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako,
tādisaṃ bhikkhum āsajja Kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi. || Th_1189 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1177, maccuhāyinaṃ C, pacc- AB.--
1778, tiṭṭhanti the MSS.--
1181 (= 909), devatā sa AC, d- ca B.--
1182, etāvap- A, etovap- C, ekovap- B.--
1187, Dūssī A, rūpi BC.-- Vidhūraṃ the MSS., comp. Hardy's Manual
(2nd edition), p. 75, Jāt. vol. i. p. 46. Mr. Trenckner writes
Vidhura, see Milindapañha, p. 202, 372. --
1188, sataṃ A, mataṃ C, amataṃ B.-- Dussī A, rūpi BC.--
Vidhūraṃ AC, Vidhuraṃ B.
[page 107]
SAṬṬHIKA-NIPĀTO. 107
majjhe sāgarasmiṃ tiṭṭhanti vimānā kappaṭṭhāyino
veḷuriyavaṇṇā rucirā accimanto pabhassarā,
accharā tattha naccanti puthū nānattavaṇṇiyo, || Th_1190 ||
yo etam abhi- --pa-- Kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi. || Th_1191 ||
yo ve buddhena codito bhikkhusaṃghassa pekkhato
Migāramātu pāsādaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi, || Th_1192 ||
yo etam abhi- . . . || Th_1193 ||
yo Vejayantapāsādaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi
iddhibalen'; upatthaddho saṃvejesi ca devatā, || Th_1194 ||
yo etam abhi- . . . || Th_1195 ||
yo Vejayantapāsāde Sakkaṃ so paripucchati:
api āvuso jānāsi taṇhakkhayavimuttiyo;--
tassa Sakko viyākāsi pañhaṃ puṭṭho yathātathaṃ, || Th_1196 ||
yo etam abhi- . . . || Th_1197 ||
yo Brahmānaṃ paripucchati Sudhammāyaṃ abhitosabhaṃ:
ajjāpi te āvuso sā diṭṭhi yā te diṭṭhi pure ahū;
passasi vītivattantaṃ Brahmaloke pabhassaraṃ;--|| 1198 ||
tassa Brahmā viyākāsi pañhaṃ puṭṭho yathātathaṃ:
na me mārisa sā diṭṭhi yā me diṭṭhi pure ahū; || Th_1199 ||
passāmi vītivattantaṃ Brahmaloke pabhassaraṃ;
so 'ham ajja kathaṃ vajjaṃ: ahaṃ nicco 'mhi sassato;-- || Th_1200 ||
yo etam abhi- . . . || Th_1201 ||
yo Mahāneruno kūṭaṃ vimokkhena apassayi,
vanaṃ Pubbavidehānaṃ ye ca bhūmisayā narā, --|| 1202 ||
yo etam abhi- . . . || Th_1203 ||
na ve aggi cetayati ahaṃ bālaṃ dahāmīti,
bālo ca jalitam aggiṃ āsajja naṃ paḍayhati; || Th_1204 ||
evam eva tuvaṃ Māra āsajja naṃ tathāgataṃ
sayaṃ dahissam attānaṃ bālo aggiṃ va samphusaṃ. || Th_1205 ||
apuññaṃ pasavī Māro āsajja naṃ tathāgataṃ;
kiṃ nu maññasi pāpima na me pāpaṃ vipaccati. || Th_1206 ||
karato te miyyate pāpaṃ cirarattāya Antaka;
Māra nibbinda buddhamhā, āsaṃ mā kāsi bhikkhusu. || Th_1207 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1198, paripucchati BC, pucchati A.-- Sudhammā [naṃ] (naṃ is expunged)
yaṃ A, Sudhammāyaṃ B, Sudhammānaṃ C.-- ṭhitosabhaṃ A, abhitosabhaṃ BC.--
1202, aphassayi corr. to apassayi A, apassayi C, aphassaya B.--
1205, dahissas'; attānaṃ?-- samphusaṃ A, sampuyaṃ B, saṃmbuyaṃ C.--
1206, passavi B, passāmi AC.--
1207, karato te ciyyate?
[page 108]
108 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
iti Māraṃ atajjesi bhikkhu Bhesakaḷāvane,
tato so dummano yakkho tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyatīti. || Th_1208 ||
itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno thero gāthāyo
abhāsitthā 'ti.
uddānaṃ bhavati:
Saṭṭhikamhi nipātamhi Moggallāno mahiddhiko
eko 'va thero, gāthāyo aṭṭhasaṭṭhi bhavanti tā 'ti.
Saṭṭhiko nipāto.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1208, antaradhāyathā 'ti? Comp. Dhammap. Atth. p. 256 and the end of
the Padhānasutta (Suttanipāta).--
Uddāna : eko va thera, the MSS.-- bhavanti te ti AB, bh- to ti C.
[page 109]
MAHA-NIPĀTO. 109
MAHĀNIPĀTO.
Nikkhantaṃ vata maṃ santaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
vitakkā upadhāvanti pagabbhā Kaṇhato ime: || Th_1209 ||
uggaputtā mahissāsā sikkhitā daḷhadhammino
samantā parikireyyuṃ sahassaṃ apalāyinaṃ. || Th_1210 ||
sace pi ettakā bhiyyo āgamissanti itthiyo,
n'; eva maṃ byādhayissanti; dhammesv amhi patiṭṭhi-
to. || Th_1211 ||
sakiṃ hi me sutaṃ etaṃ buddhassādiccabandhuno
nibbānagamanaṃ maggaṃ, tattha me nirato mano. || Th_1212 ||
evam evaṃ viharantaṃ pāpima upagacchasi;
tathā Maccu karissāmi: na me maggaṃ udikkhasi. || Th_1213 ||
aratiṃ ratiṃ ca pahāya sabbaso gehasitañ ca vitakkaṃ
vanathaṃ na kareyya kuhiñci, nibbanathā avanatho sa hi
bhikkhu. || Th_1214 ||
yam idha pathaviñ ca vihāsaṃ rūpagataṃ jagatogandhaṃ
kiñci,
parijiyyati sabbam aniccaṃ: evaṃ samecca caranti mutt-
antā. || Th_1215 ||
upadhīsu janā gandhitāse diṭṭhasute paṭighe ca mute ca;
ettha vinodaya chandam anejo; yo h'; ettha na lippati muni
tam āhu. || Th_1216 ||
aṭṭhasaṭṭhisitā savitakkā puthujjanatāya adhammaniviṭṭhā;
na ca vaggagatissa kuhiñci, no pana padullagāhī sa bhi-
kkhu. || Th_1217 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1209, agārā A, agārasmiṃ BC.--
1210, daḷhavammino?--
1211, etthato BC, etthatā corr. to ettakā A.--
1212, sutaṃ etaṃ A, etaṃ sutaṃ BC.--
1213, pāpimā BC.--
1214, aratiṃ ca ratiṃ ca?-- sa bhikkhu A, pahi bh- BC.--
1215, pathaviñ ca A, pathavi C, pathavi ca B.-- muttantā corr. to
mutantā A, muttantā BC.--
1217, vaggagatassa A, vaggagatissa BC. vaṅkagati 'ssa?-- padullagāhī A,
padullibhāni B, padullibhānu C.
[page 110]
110 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
Dabbo cirarattaṃ samāhito akuhako nipako apihālu
santaṃ padam ajjhagamā muni, paṭiccaparinibbuto kaṅ-
khati kālaṃ. || Th_1218 ||
mānaṃ pajahassu Gotama mānapathañ ca jahassu asesaṃ;
mānapathamhi samucchito vippaṭisārī hutvā cirarattaṃ. || Th_1219 ||
makkhena makkhitā pajā mānahatā nirayaṃ patanti,
socanti janā cirarattaṃ mānahatā nirayaṃ upapannā. || Th_1220 ||
na hi socati bhikkhu kadāci maggajino sammā paṭipanno,
kittiñ ca sukhañ ca nubhoti, dhammadaso 'ti tam āhu
tathattaṃ. || Th_1221 ||
tasmā akhilo idham amānavā nīvaraṇāni pahāya visuddho
mānañ ca pahāya asesaṃ vijjāy'; antakaro samitāvī. || Th_1222 ||
kamarāgena ḍayhāmi, cittaṃ me pariḍayhati;
sādhu nibbāpanaṃ brūhi anukampāya Gotama. || Th_1223 ||
saññāya vipariyesā cittan te pariḍayhati;
nimittaṃ parivajjehi subhaṃ rāgūpasaṃhitaṃ. || Th_1224 ||
asubhāya cittaṃ bhāvehi ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ,
sati kāyagatā ty atthu, nibbidābahulo bhava. || Th_1225 ||
animittañ ca bhāvehi, mānānusayam ujjaha,
tato mānābhisamayā upasanto carissasi. || Th_1226 ||
tam eva vācaṃ bhāseyya yāy'; attānaṃ na tāpaye
pare ca na vihiṃseyya; sā ve vācā subhāsitā. || Th_1227 ||
piyavācam eva bhāseyya yā vācā paṭinanditā
yaṃ anādāya pāpāni paresaṃ bhāsate piyaṃ. || Th_1228 ||
saccaṃ ve amatā vācā, esa dhammo sanantano;
sacce atthe ca dhamme ca āhu santo paṭiṭṭhitā. || Th_1229 ||
yaṃ buddho bhāsatī vācaṃ khemaṃ nibbānapattiyā
dukkhass'; antakiriyāya, sa ve vācānam uttamā. || Th_1230 ||
gambhīrapañño mehāvī maggāmaggassa kovido
Sāriputto mahāpañño dhammaṃ deseti bhikkhunaṃ. || Th_1231 ||
saṃkhittena pi deseti vitthārena pi bhāsati,
sālikāye va nigghoso paṭibhānaṃ udīyyati. || Th_1232 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1219, mānapathamhi A, mānaṃ tasmiṃ C, mānathasmiṃ B.--
1221, dhammadaso A, -raso BC.-- tatattaṃ A, tathatthaṃ B, tatthaṃ C.--
1222, idha pa [nata] navā (nata is expunged) A, idham amānavā B,
idha mānavā C.--
1224, vipariyāsā?-- Comp. Suttanipāta 339 seq.--
1225, asubhāyaṃ AB, -ya C.--
1227 seq., see the Subhāsitasutta (Suttanipāta).--
1232, uddhiyyati corr. to udīyyati A, urissati B, udissati C. udrīyati?
[page 111]
MAHĀ-NIPĀTO. 111
tassa taṃ desayantassa suṇantā madhuraṃ giraṃ
sarena rajanīyena savanīyena vaggunā
udaggacittā muditā sotaṃ odhenti bhikkhavo. || Th_1233 ||
ajja pannarase visuddhiyā bhikkhū pañcasatā samagatā
saṃyojanabandhanacchidā anīghā khīṇapunabbhavā isī. || Th_1234 ||
cakkavattī yathā rājā amaccaparivārito
samantā anupariyeti sāgarantaṃ mahiṃ imaṃ, || Th_1235 ||
evaṃ vijitasaṃgāmaṃ satthavāhaṃ anuttaraṃ
sāvakā payirupāsanti tevijjā maccuhāyino, || Th_1236 ||
sabbe bhagavato puttā, palāpo ettha na vijjati;
taṇhāsallassa hantāraṃ vande ādiccabandhunaṃ. || Th_1237 ||
parosahassaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sugataṃ payirupāsati
desentaṃ virajaṃ dhammaṃ nibbānaṃ akutobhayaṃ. || Th_1238 ||
suṇanti dhammaṃ vipulaṃ sammāsambuddhadesitaṃ;
sobhati vata sambuddho bhikkhusaṃghapurakkhato. || Th_1239 ||
nāganāmo 'si bhagavā, isīnaṃ isisattamo,
mahāmegho va hutvāna sāvake abhivassasi. || Th_1240 ||
divāvihārā nikkhamma satthudassanakamyatā
sāvako te mahāvīra pāde vandati Vaṅgiso. || Th_1241 ||
ummaggapathaṃ Mārassa abhibhuyya carati pabhijja khi-
lāni;
taṃ passatha bandhanapamuñcakaraṃ asitaṃ va bhāgaso
pavibhajja. || Th_1242 ||
oghassa hi nittharaṇatthaṃ anekavihitaṃ maggaṃ akkhāsi,
tasmiñ ca amate akkhāte dhammadasā ṭhitā asaṃhīrā. || Th_1243 ||
pajjotakaro ativijjha sabbaṭṭhitīnaṃ atikkamam addā,
ñatvā ca sacchikatvā ca aggaṃ so desayi dasaddānaṃ. || Th_1244 ||
evaṃ sudesite dhamme ko pamādo vijānataṃ dhammaṃ,
tasmā hi tassa bhagavato sāsane appamatto sadā namassam
anusikkhe. || Th_1245 ||
buddhānubuddho yo thero Koṇḍañño tibbanikkhamo,
lābhī sukhavihārānaṃ vivekānaṃ abhiṇhaso, || Th_1246 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1237, palāpo BC, palāso A.--
1242, carati A, -si BC.-- -pamuñja- A. -pamuñca- BC.-- pavibhajja A,
pavibhajjaṃ B, paṭibhajjaṃ C.--
1244, sabbaṭṭhitīnaṃ A, sabbamitinaṃ BC.-- dasaddhānaṃ A, dasaṭṭhānaṃ C,
dasaṭhānaṃ B.--
1246 (comp. 679), Koṇḍaññe the MSS.-- tippanikkamo A, tibbanikkamo BC.
[page 112]
112 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
yaṃ sāvakena pattabbaṃ satthusāsanakārinā,
sabb'; assa taṃ anuppattaṃ appamattassa sikkhato. || Th_1247 ||
mahānubhāvo tevijjo cetopariyakovido
Koṇḍañño buddhadāyādo pāde vandati satthuno. || Th_1248 ||
nāgassa passe āsīnaṃ muniṃ dukkhassa pāraguṃ
sāvakā pariyupāsanti tevijjā maccuhāyino. || Th_1249 ||
cetasā anupariyeti Moggallāno mahiddhiko
cittaṃ nesaṃ samanvesaṃ vippamuttaṃ nirūpadhiṃ. || Th_1250 ||
evaṃ sabbaṅgasampannaṃ muniṃ dukkhassa pāraguṃ
anekākārasampannaṃ payirupāsanti Gotamaṃ. || Th_1251 ||
cando yathā vigatavalāhake nabhe virocati vītamalo va
bhānumā,
evam pi Aṅgīrasa tvaṃ mahāmuni atirocasī yasasā sabba-
lokaṃ. || Th_1252 ||
kāveyyamattā vicarimha pubbe gāmā gāmaṃ purā puraṃ,
{ath'; addasāmi sambuddhaṃ} sabbadhammāna pāraguṃ. || Th_1253 ||
so me dhammam adesesi muni dukkhassa pāragū;
dhammaṃ sutvā pasīdimha, saddhā no udapajjatha. || Th_1254 ||
tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā khandhe āyatanāni ca
dhātuyo ca viditvāna pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ. || Th_1255 ||
bahūnaṃ vata atthāya uppajjanti tathāgatā
itthīnaṃ purisānañ ca ye te sāsanakārakā. || Th_1256 ||
tesaṃ kho vata atthāya bodhiṃ ajjhagamā muni
bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnañ ca ye niyāmagataṃdasā. || Th_1257 ||
sudesitā cakkhumatā buddhenādiccabandhunā
cattāri ariyasaccāni anukampāya pāṇinaṃ, || Th_1258 ||
dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ
ariyaṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ. || Th_1259 ||
evam ete tathā vuttā, diṭṭhā me te yathātathā;
sadattho me anuppatto, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ. || Th_1260 ||
svāgataṃ vata me āsi mama buddhassa santike;
saṃvibhattesu dhammesu yaṃ seṭṭhaṃ tad upāgamiṃ. || Th_1261 ||
abhiññāpāramippatto sotadhātuvisodhito
tevijjo iddhippatto 'mhi cetopariyakovido. || Th_1262 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1248, -pariya- A, -pariyāya- BC.--
1249, nagassa A.--
1250, saṃpanneyyaṃ C, sampanneyaṃ B.--
1253, ath'; addasāsiṃ?--
1257, bodhi the MSS.-- ajjhagamā A, ajjhagā B, ajjhūpagā C.--
1261, savibhattesu the MSS. Comp. v. 9.-- ūpāgami A, upāgami BC.--
1262, -pariya- AB, -pariya- corrected to -pariyāya- C.
[page 113]
MAHĀ-NIPĀTO. 113
pucchāmi satthāram anomapaññaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme yo
vicikicchānaṃ chetvā:
Aggāḷave kālam akāsi bhikkhu ñāto yasassī abhinibbu-
tatto; || Th_1263 ||
Nigrodhakappo iti tassa nāmaṃ tayā kataṃ bhagavā
brāhmaṇassa,
so taṃ namassaṃ acari mutyapekho āraddhaviriyo daḷhadha-
mmadassī: || Th_1264 ||
taṃ sāvakaṃ Sakka mayam pi sabbe aññātum icchāma sam-
antacakkhu:
samavaṭṭhitā no savanāya sotaṃ, tuvaṃ nu satthā tvam
anuttaro 'si. || Th_1265 ||
chind'; eva no vicikicchaṃ, brūhi me taṃ, parinibbutaṃ
vedaya bhūripañña,
majjheva no bhāsa samantacakkhu Sakko va devāna sahassa-
netto. || Th_1266 ||
ye keci gandhā idha mohamaggā aññāṇapakkhā vicikiccha-
ṭṭhānā,
tathāgataṃ patvā na te bhavanti, cakkhuṃ hi etaṃ para-
maṃ narānaṃ. || Th_1267 ||
no ce hi jātu puriso kilese vāto yathā abbhaghanaṃ vihāne,
tamo 'v'; assa nibbuto sabbaloko, jotimanto pi na pabhā-
seyyuṃ. || Th_1268 ||
dhīrā ca pajjotakarā bhavanti, taṃ taṃ ahaṃ dhīra tath'
eva maññe,
vipassinaṃ jānam upāgamimha; parisāya no āvikarohi
Kappaṃ. || Th_1269 ||
khippaṃ giraṃ eraya vaggu vagguṃ haṃso va paggayha
sanikaṃ nikūjaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1263 seq., comp. the Kappasutta (or Nigrodhasutta, in the Suttanipāta).--
1263, pucchāma? (so read the Suttanipāta MSS.).-- chetvā the MSS. Jettā
and chetvā the Suttanipāta MSS. chettā?--
1264, tayā A, tassā BC.-- sohaṃ namassaṃ acari (corr. to acara)
mutyapekho A, sohaṃ nāmassaṃ acari mutyasokho B, sohaṃ namassaṃ
acari muttisakho C.--
1265, hetuṃ (for sotaṃ) the MSS.--
1266, chinda A, chande ca BC, chindeva Sutta Nip.--
1268, vihane A, visāne BC, vihāne Sutta Nip.-- nivuto (nīvuto)?--
pabhāseyyuṃ A, pabhāpeyyuṃ or -yyu B, pabhāseyyaṃ C. The Suttanipāta
reads : na jotimanto pi narā tapeyyuṃ. This seems to me the correct
reading.--
1269, vipassanaṃ A.
[page 114]
114 THERA-GĀTHĀ.
bindussarena suvikappitena; sabbeva te ujjugatā suṇoma. || Th_1270 ||
pahīnajātimaraṇaṃ asesaṃ niggayha dhonaṃ vadessāmi
dhammaṃ;
na kāmakāro hi puthujjanānaṃ, saṃkheyyakāro 'va tathā-
gatānaṃ. || Th_1271 ||
sampannaveyyākaraṇaṃ tavedaṃ samujjapaññassa samug-
gahītaṃ;
ayam añjali pacchimo suppaṇāmito; mā mohayi jānam
anomapañña. || Th_1272 ||
parovaraṃ ariyadhammaṃ viditvā mā mohayi jānam ano-
maviriya;
vāriṃ yathā ghammanighammatatto vācābhikaṅkhāmi,
sutaṃ pavassa. || Th_1273 ||
yadatthiyaṃ brahmacariyaṃ acāri Kappāyano kacci 'ssa
taṃ amoghaṃ;
nibbāyi so ādu saupādiseso; yathā vimutto ahu taṃ suṇo-
ma. || Th_1274 ||
acchecchi taṇhaṃ idha nāmarūpe 'ti bhagavā, taṇhāya sotaṃ
dīgharattānusayitaṃ
atāri jātimaraṇaṃ asesaṃ icc'; abravī bhagavā pañcaseṭṭho. || Th_1275 ||
esa sutvā pasīdāmi vaco te isisattama,
amoghaṃ kira me puṭṭhaṃ, na maṃ vañcesi brāhmaṇo. || Th_1276 ||
yathāvādī tathākārī ahū buddhassa sāvako,
acchecchi Maccuno jālaṃ tataṃ māyāvino daḷhaṃ. || Th_1277 ||
addasa bhagavā ādiṃ upādānassa Kappiyo,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1270, jaraya A, etassa BC.-- vagguṃ deest in the Theragātha MSS.--
ujjugatā A, ujjagatā BC.--
1271, vadissāmi BC, paṭivediyāmi A, vadessāmi and vadissāmi Suttanip.--
ti (instead of hi, which is the reading given by Prof. Fausboll) BC,
hoti A.-- For va Prof. Fausboll gives ca.--
1272, samujjup- A, saṃmujjap- B, sammujjap- C.-- The Suttanipāta MSS.
read samujjapaññassa and samujjupaññassa.--
1273, paroparaṃ ABC, parovaraṃ, varāvaraṃ, varovaraṃ the MSS. of the
Suttanipāta.-- -vīra A, -viriya BC, -vira and -viriya the SṆ. MSS.--
1274, sa ABC and the Paris MSS., ssa Phayre MS. -- adu saupādiseso BC and
the Phayre MS. of the Suttanipāta, anupādiseso A, ādu saupādisese
the Paris MSS. of the SṆ. Comp. Dhammap. Atth. p. 96, line 25.--
1275, acchijji A, acchajja C, acchijja B, acchecchi the Phayre MS. of
the SṆ.-- atāri A and the Phayre MS., attari C, atthayi B.--
1277, acchijji A, acchinna BC.-- mayāvino ABC.--
1278, ādi the MSS., ādi and ādiṃ the Suttanipāta MSS.
[page 115]
MAHĀ-NIPĀTO. 115
accagā vata Kappāyano maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ. || Th_1278 ||
taṃ devadevaṃ vandāmi puttaṃ te dvipaduttama
anujātaṃ mahāvīraṃ nāgaṃ nāgassa orasan ti. || Th_1279 ||
itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā Vaṅgīsotherogāthāyo abhā-
sitthā 'ti.
Mahānipāto niṭṭhito.
Sattatimhi nipātamhi Vaṅgīso paṭibhāṇavā
eko 'va thero, n'; atth'; añño, gāthāyo ekasattati. |
sahassaṃ honti tā gāthā tīṇi saṭṭhisatāni ca,
therā ca dve satā saṭṭhi cattāro ca pakāsitā. |
sīhanādaṃ naditvāna buddhaputtā anāsavā
khemantaṃ pāpuṇitvāna aggikkhandhā va nibbutā 'ti.
Niṭṭhitā Theragāthāyo.